]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
e511aa403428b342bb9e99575c3e154b3ecabd1b
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21710 25465 294934 381000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21710 25547
69 ;;;;;; 169569 365000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21710 25465
89 ;;;;;; 300934 355000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21710 25547
100 ;;;;;; 169569 365000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21710 25547 218569
112 ;;;;;; 146000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21710 25465
242 ;;;;;; 124935 139000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21710 25465 76935 353000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21710 25465 78935 344000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21710
841 ;;;;;; 25547 51569 891000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21710 25547 141569
900 ;;;;;; 489000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21710 25465 294934
922 ;;;;;; 381000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21710 25465 78935
955 ;;;;;; 344000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21710
982 ;;;;;; 25465 301934 350000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21710 25547 57569
1019 ;;;;;; 864000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21710 25547 52569 886000))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21710 25547 52569
1156 ;;;;;; 886000))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21710 25465 79935 340000))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1178
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1181
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1185
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1187
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1191
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1197
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1205
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1209
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1212
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1217
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1222
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1227
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1230
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1233
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1238
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1240
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1242
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1244
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21710 25465
1248 ;;;;;; 348934 141000))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1251
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1257
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1259
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1261
1262
1263 How to submit a bug report
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1266
1267
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1269
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1274
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1278
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1312
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1318
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1322
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1326
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1328
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1331
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1335
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1338
1339
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1342
1343
1344 Settings
1345
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1347
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1349
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1351
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1353
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1356
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1358
1359
1360 Drawing with keys
1361
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1370
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1372
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1379
1380
1381 Arrows
1382
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1388
1389
1390 Selecting operation
1391
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1393
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1414
1415
1416 Variables
1417
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1420
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1440
1441 Hooks
1442
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1444
1445
1446 Keymap summary
1447
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21710 25465
1455 ;;;;;; 301934 350000))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1461
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1466
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1469
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1472
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1474
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1477
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21710
1483 ;;;;;; 25547 99569 677000))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1485
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1490
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1492
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21710 25465 79935 340000))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1497
1498 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1499 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1500 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1501
1502 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1503
1504 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1505 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1508 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1509
1510 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1511 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1512 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1513 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1514 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1515 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1516 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1517 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1518
1519 For example:
1520 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1521 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1523 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1524 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1525
1526 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1527
1528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1529
1530 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1535 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1536
1537 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1540 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1544
1545 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1546 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1547 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1548
1549 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1550
1551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1552
1553 ;;;***
1554 \f
1555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21710 25465
1556 ;;;;;; 301934 350000))
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1558
1559 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1560 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1561
1562 \(fn)" t nil)
1563
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21710 25547 52569
1567 ;;;;;; 886000))
1568 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1569
1570 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1572 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1573
1574 \(fn)" t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1579 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1580
1581 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1582
1583 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1584 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1585 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1588 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1589
1590 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1591
1592 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1593 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1597
1598 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1599 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1600
1601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1602
1603 ;;;***
1604 \f
1605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21710
1606 ;;;;;; 25547 75569 784000))
1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1608
1609 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1614 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1615 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1616
1617 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1618 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1619 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1620 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1621 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1622
1623 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1624
1625 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1626
1627 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1628 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1629 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1630 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1631 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1632
1633 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1634 directory or directories specified.
1635
1636 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1637 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1638 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1639 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1640 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1641 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1642
1643 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1644
1645 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1646 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1647 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1648 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1649 should be non-nil).
1650
1651 \(fn)" nil nil)
1652
1653 ;;;***
1654 \f
1655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21710 25465 79935
1656 ;;;;;; 340000))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1658
1659 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1660 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1664
1665 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1666 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1667 disk changes.
1668
1669 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1670 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1671 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1672
1673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1674
1675 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1676 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1677
1678 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1679 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1680
1681 \(fn)" nil nil)
1682
1683 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1686 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1687 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1688
1689 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1690 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1691 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1692 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1693 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1694
1695 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1696 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1697 writing before you save the file!
1698
1699 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1700
1701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1702
1703 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1704 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1705
1706 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1707 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1708
1709 \(fn)" nil nil)
1710
1711 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1712 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1716 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1717
1718 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1721 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1723 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1725
1726 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1727 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1728 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1729
1730 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1731 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1732 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1733 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1734 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1735
1736 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1737 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1738 specifies in the mode line.
1739
1740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1741
1742 ;;;***
1743 \f
1744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21710 25465 80935 335000))
1745 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1746
1747 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1748 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1749 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1751 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1752
1753 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1754
1755 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1756 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1757 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1758 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1759
1760 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1761 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1762 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1763
1764 Effects of the different modes:
1765 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1766 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1767 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1768 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1769 a random distance & direction.
1770 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1771 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1772 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1773
1774 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1775 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1776 definition of \"random distance\".)
1777
1778 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1779
1780 ;;;***
1781 \f
1782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21710 25465
1783 ;;;;;; 301934 350000))
1784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1785
1786 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1787
1788 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1789 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1790
1791 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1792 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1793 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1794
1795 \\{bat-mode-map}
1796
1797 \(fn)" t nil)
1798
1799 ;;;***
1800 \f
1801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21710 25465 80935 335000))
1802 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1803 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1804
1805 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1806 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1807 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1808 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1809
1810 \(fn)" t nil)
1811
1812 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1813 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1814 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1817 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1818
1819 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1820
1821 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1822 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1826
1827 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1828 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1829 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1830 seconds.
1831
1832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1833
1834 ;;;***
1835 \f
1836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21710
1837 ;;;;;; 25465 124935 139000))
1838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1839
1840 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1841 Time execution of FORMS.
1842 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1843 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1844 FORMS once.
1845 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1846 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1847 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1848
1849 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1850
1851 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1852
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1855 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1856 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1857 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1858
1859 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1860
1861 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1862
1863 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1864 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1865 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1866 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1867 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1868
1869 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1870
1871 ;;;***
1872 \f
1873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21710 25547
1874 ;;;;;; 208569 191000))
1875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1876
1877 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1878 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1879 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1880 of corresponding buffers.
1881 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1882 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1883 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1884 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1885 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1886
1887 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1888 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1889 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1890
1891 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1892
1893 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1894 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1895
1896 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1897
1898 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1899 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1900 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1901 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1902
1903 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1904 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1905 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1906 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1907 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908
1909 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1910 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1911
1912
1913 Special information:
1914
1915 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1916
1917 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1918 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1919 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1920 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1921 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1922 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1923 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1924 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1925 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1926 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1927 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1928
1929 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1930 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1931 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1932 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1933 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1934 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1935 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1936 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1937
1938 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1939
1940 ----------------------------------------------------------
1941 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1942 if that value is non-nil.
1943
1944 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1945
1946 \(fn)" t nil)
1947
1948 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1949 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1950 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1951 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1952 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1953 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1954 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1955 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1956 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1957 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1958 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1959 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1960
1961 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1962
1963 ;;;***
1964 \f
1965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1966 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 348934 141000))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1968
1969 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1971
1972 \(fn)" t nil)
1973
1974 ;;;***
1975 \f
1976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21710 25465 224934
1977 ;;;;;; 693000))
1978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1979
1980 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1981 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1982
1983 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1984 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1985 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1986
1987 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1991
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 ;;;***
2000 \f
2001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21710 25465
2002 ;;;;;; 294934 381000))
2003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2004
2005 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2006 Play blackbox.
2007 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2008
2009 What is blackbox?
2010
2011 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2012 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2013 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2014 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2015 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2016 your score.
2017
2018 Overview of play:
2019
2020 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2021 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2022 four.
2023
2024 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2025 movement keys.
2026
2027 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2028 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2029
2030 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2031 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2032
2033 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2034 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2035 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2036 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2037 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2038 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2039
2040 Details:
2041
2042 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2043
2044 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2045 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2046 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2047 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2048
2049 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2050 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2051 denoted by the letter `R'.
2052
2053 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2054 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2055 denoted by the letter `H'.
2056
2057 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2058 example.
2059
2060 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2061 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2062 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2063 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2064 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2065 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2066 ray.
2067
2068 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2069 degree deflection it causes.
2070
2071 1
2072 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2075 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2076 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2080 2 3
2081
2082 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2083 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2084
2085
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2094
2095 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2096 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2097 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2098 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2099 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2100 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2101 emerging from the box.
2102
2103 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2104
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2110 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2113
2114 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2115 a reflection.
2116
2117 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2118
2119 ;;;***
2120 \f
2121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21710 25547 53569
2122 ;;;;;; 882000))
2123 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2124 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2125 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2126 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2127
2128 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2129 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2130 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2131 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2132 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2133 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2134 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2135
2136 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2137 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2138 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2139
2140 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2141 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2142 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2143 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2144 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2145 recent one.
2146
2147 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2148 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2149 yank successive words.
2150
2151 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2152 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2153 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2154 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2155 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2156
2157 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2158 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2159 the list of bookmarks.)
2160
2161 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2162
2163 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2164 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2165 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2166 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2167 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2168 this.
2169
2170 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2171 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2172 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2173 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2174
2175 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2176 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2177
2178 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2179 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2180 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2181
2182 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2183
2184 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2185 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2190 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2191
2192 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2193 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2194 after a bookmark was set in it.
2195
2196 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2197
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2199 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2200
2201 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2202 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2203
2204 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2205
2206 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2207
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2209 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2210 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2211 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2212
2213 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2214 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2215 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2216
2217 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2218 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2219 name.
2220
2221 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2222
2223 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2224 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2225 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2226
2227 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2228 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2229 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2230 this.
2231
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2235 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2236
2237 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2238 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2239 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2240 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2241 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2242 probably because we were called from there.
2243
2244 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2245
2246 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2247 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2248 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2249
2250 \(fn)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2253 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2254 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2255 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2256 \(second argument).
2257
2258 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2259 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2260 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2261 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2262 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2263
2264 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2265 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2266 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2267 `bookmark-default-file'.
2268
2269 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2270
2271 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2272 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2273 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2274 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2275 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2276 while loading.
2277
2278 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2279 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2280 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2281 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2282 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2283 explicitly.
2284
2285 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2286 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2287 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2288
2289 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2290
2291 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2292 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2293 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2294 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2295 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2296
2297 \(fn)" t nil)
2298
2299 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2300
2301 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2302
2303 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2304 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2305
2306 \(fn)" t nil)
2307
2308 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2309
2310 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2311
2312 ;;;***
2313 \f
2314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21710 25547
2315 ;;;;;; 141569 489000))
2316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2317
2318 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2319 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2320 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2321 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2322
2323 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2324 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2325 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2326 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2327 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2328
2329 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2330
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2333 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2334 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2335 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2336 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2337
2338 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2339
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2342 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2343 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2344 narrowed.
2345
2346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2347
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2349 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2350
2351 \(fn)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2354 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2355
2356 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2361 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2362 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2363 first, if that exists.
2364
2365 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2369 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371
2372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2376 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2377 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2378 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2379 to use.
2380
2381 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2384 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2385 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2386 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2387
2388 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2393 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2394
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399
2400 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2401 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2402 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2403
2404 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2405 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406
2407 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2410 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2413
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2416 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2417 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2420 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2421 new tab in an existing window instead.
2422
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2430 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2431 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2432 Firefox.
2433
2434 When called interactively, if variable
2435 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2436 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2437 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2438 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439
2440 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2441 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2442 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2443
2444 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2445 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2448 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2449 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2450 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2451 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2452 URL in a new window.
2453
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2459 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2460 Chromium.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2468
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2477
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2491 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2492
2493 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2494 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2495 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2496 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497
2498 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2499 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502
2503 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2505
2506 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2508 program is invoked according to the variable
2509 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2510
2511 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2512 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2513 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2514 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2520
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2522 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2523 Default to the URL around or before point.
2524
2525 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2526 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2527 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2528
2529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2530 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2531 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2532 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533
2534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536
2537 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538
2539 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2540 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2541 Default to the URL around or before point.
2542
2543 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2544 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2545 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546
2547 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2548 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549
2550 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551
2552 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2553 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2554 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2555 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2556
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2561 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2562 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2563 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2564 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2565
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2570 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2571 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2572 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2573
2574 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2575 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2576 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2577 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2580 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581
2582 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2583
2584 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2585 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2586 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2587 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2588 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2589 current one.
2590
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2593 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2594 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2597 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598
2599 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2600
2601 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2602 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2603 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2604 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2605 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2606 don't offer a form of remote control.
2607
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around the point.
2619
2620 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2621 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2622
2623 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2624 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2625
2626 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627
2628 ;;;***
2629 \f
2630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21710 25547 53569 882000))
2631 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2632 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2633
2634 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2635 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2636 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2637 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2638
2639 \(fn)" t nil)
2640
2641 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2642 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2643 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2644 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2645
2646 \(fn)" t nil)
2647
2648 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2649 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2650
2651 \(fn)" t nil)
2652
2653 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2654 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2655 \\<bs-mode-map>
2656 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2657 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2658 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2659 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2660
2661 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2662 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2663 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2664 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2665 name of buffer configuration.
2666
2667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2668
2669 ;;;***
2670 \f
2671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21710 25547 165569
2672 ;;;;;; 382000))
2673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2674
2675 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2676 Play Bubbles game.
2677 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2678 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2679 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2680 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2681 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2682 columns on its right towards the left.
2683
2684 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2685 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2686 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2688
2689 \(fn)" t nil)
2690
2691 ;;;***
2692 \f
2693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2694 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 301934 350000))
2695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2696
2697 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2698
2699 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2700 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2702 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2703 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2704
2705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2706
2707 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2708 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2709
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711
2712 ;;;***
2713 \f
2714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21710
2715 ;;;;;; 25547 77569 775000))
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2717 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720
2721 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2722
2723 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2724 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2725 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2726 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2727 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2728 else the global value will be modified.
2729
2730 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2735 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2743 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2744
2745 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2749 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2751
2752 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2753 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2754 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2755 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2756 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2757 before scanning it.
2758
2759 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2760 that already has a `.elc' file.
2761
2762 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2763 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2764
2765 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2766 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2767 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2768 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2769 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2770 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2771
2772 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2773
2774 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2776 Print the result in the echo area.
2777 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2778
2779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2780
2781 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2782 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2783 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2784
2785 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2788 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2789 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2790 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2791 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2792 all functions called by those functions.
2793
2794 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2795 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2796 cons, etc.).
2797
2798 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2799 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2800 invoked interactively.
2801
2802 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2805 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2806 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2807 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2808
2809 \(fn)" nil nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2812 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2816 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2817 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2818 already up-to-date.
2819
2820 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2821
2822 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2823 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2824 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2825 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2826
2827 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2828 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2829 and corresponding effects.
2830
2831 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2832
2833 ;;;***
2834 \f
2835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21710
2836 ;;;;;; 25547 57569 864000))
2837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2838
2839 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2840
2841 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2842
2843 ;;;***
2844 \f
2845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21710 25547
2846 ;;;;;; 58569 859000))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2848
2849 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2850
2851 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2852
2853 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2854
2855 ;;;***
2856 \f
2857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21710
2858 ;;;;;; 25547 58569 859000))
2859 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2860
2861 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2862 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2863 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2864 from the cursor position.
2865
2866 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2867
2868 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2869
2870 ;;;***
2871 \f
2872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21710 25547 57569 864000))
2873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2874 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2875
2876 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2877 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2878
2879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2880
2881 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2882 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2883
2884 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2887 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2888
2889 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890
2891 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2892 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2893
2894 \(fn)" t nil)
2895
2896 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2897 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2898 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2899 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2900
2901 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2904 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2905 This is most useful in the X window system.
2906 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2907 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2908
2909 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2910
2911 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2912 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2913 See calc-keypad for details.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2918 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2919
2920 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2921
2922 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2923 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924
2925 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2928 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2929
2930 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2931
2932 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2933 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2934 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2935
2936 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2939 Define Calc function.
2940
2941 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2942 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2943 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2944
2945 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2946 actual Lisp function name.
2947
2948 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2949
2950 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2951
2952 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2953
2954 ;;;***
2955 \f
2956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21710 25465
2957 ;;;;;; 87935 304000))
2958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2959
2960 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2961
2962
2963 \(fn N)" t nil)
2964
2965 ;;;***
2966 \f
2967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21710 25547 57569
2968 ;;;;;; 864000))
2969 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2970
2971 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2972 Run the Emacs calculator.
2973 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2974
2975 \(fn)" t nil)
2976
2977 ;;;***
2978 \f
2979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21710 25547
2980 ;;;;;; 59569 855000))
2981 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2982
2983 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2984 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2985 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2986 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2987 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2988 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2989
2990 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2991 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2992 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2993 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2994 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2995 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2996 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2997 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2998 window.
2999
3000 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3001 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3002
3003 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3004 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3005 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3006 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3007 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3008 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3009
3010 Runs the following hooks:
3011
3012 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3013 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3014 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3015 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3016
3017 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3018
3019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3020
3021 ;;;***
3022 \f
3023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21710 25465 166934
3024 ;;;;;; 952000))
3025 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3026
3027 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3028 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3029
3030 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3031
3032 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3033 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3034 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3035 it fails.
3036
3037 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3038
3039 ;;;***
3040 \f
3041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21710
3042 ;;;;;; 25547 170569 360000))
3043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3044
3045 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3046 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3048 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3049 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3050
3051 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3052 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3053 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3054 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3055 restriction to ASCII.
3056
3057 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3058
3059 capitalizedWorDD
3060 ^ ^ ^^
3061
3062 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3063 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3064 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3065
3066 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3067 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3068 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3069 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3070 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3071 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3072 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3073
3074 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3075 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3076
3077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3078
3079 ;;;***
3080 \f
3081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21710
3082 ;;;;;; 25547 173569 347000))
3083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3084
3085 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3086 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3087
3088 \(fn)" nil nil)
3089
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21710 25547
3093 ;;;;;; 174569 342000))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3095
3096 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3097 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3098
3099 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3100 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3101
3102 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3103 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3104
3105 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3106
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3110
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3115
3116 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3117 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3118 made from scratch.
3119
3120 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3121
3122 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3123 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3124
3125 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3126
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3130
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3135
3136 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3137 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3138 made from scratch.
3139
3140 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3141
3142 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3143 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3144
3145 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3146
3147 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3148 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3149 made from scratch.
3150
3151 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152
3153 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3154 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3155
3156 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3157 variables are guessed:
3158
3159 * `c-basic-offset', and
3160 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3161 `c-offsets-alist'.
3162
3163 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3164 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3165
3166 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3167 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3168
3169 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3170 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3171 guess is made from scratch.
3172
3173 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3174 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3175
3176 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3177
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3179 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3180 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3181 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3182
3183 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3184 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3185 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3186
3187 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3188
3189 ;;;***
3190 \f
3191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21713 24233
3192 ;;;;;; 279494 843000))
3193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3194
3195 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3196 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3197 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3198 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3199 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3200 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3201 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3202
3203 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3206 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3212
3213 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3214 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3215 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3216 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3217 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3218 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3219
3220 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3221
3222 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3223 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3224
3225 Key bindings:
3226 \\{c-mode-map}
3227
3228 \(fn)" t nil)
3229
3230 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3231 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3232 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3233 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3234 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3235 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3236 message.
3237
3238 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3239
3240 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3241 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3242
3243 Key bindings:
3244 \\{c++-mode-map}
3245
3246 \(fn)" t nil)
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3248
3249 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3251 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3252 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3253 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3254 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3255 message.
3256
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3258
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3261
3262 Key bindings:
3263 \\{objc-mode-map}
3264
3265 \(fn)" t nil)
3266 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3267
3268 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3269 Major mode for editing Java code.
3270 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3271 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3272 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3273 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3274 message.
3275
3276 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3277
3278 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3279 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3280
3281 Key bindings:
3282 \\{java-mode-map}
3283
3284 \(fn)" t nil)
3285 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3286
3287 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3288 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3289 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3290 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3291 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3292 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3293 message.
3294
3295 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296
3297 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3298 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3299
3300 Key bindings:
3301 \\{idl-mode-map}
3302
3303 \(fn)" t nil)
3304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3305 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3306
3307 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3308 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3309 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3310 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3311 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3312 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3313 message.
3314
3315 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3316
3317 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3318 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3319
3320 Key bindings:
3321 \\{pike-mode-map}
3322
3323 \(fn)" t nil)
3324 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3325 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3326 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3327 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3329
3330 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3331 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3333 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3334 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3335 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3336
3337 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3338
3339 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3340 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3341
3342 Key bindings:
3343 \\{awk-mode-map}
3344
3345 \(fn)" t nil)
3346
3347 ;;;***
3348 \f
3349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21710
3350 ;;;;;; 25547 175569 338000))
3351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3352
3353 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3354 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3355 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3356 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3357
3358 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3359
3360 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3361 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3362 might get set too.
3363
3364 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3365 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3366 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3367 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3368 in this way.
3369
3370 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3371 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3372 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3373 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3374 a null operation.
3375
3376 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3377
3378 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3379 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3380 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3381 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3382
3383 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3384
3385 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3386 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3387 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3388
3389 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3390
3391 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3392 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3393 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3394 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3395 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3396
3397 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21710 25547
3402 ;;;;;; 176569 334000))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3404 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3405 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3406 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3407
3408 ;;;***
3409 \f
3410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21710 25547 123569
3411 ;;;;;; 570000))
3412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3413
3414 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3415 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3416
3417 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3418
3419 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3420 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3421
3422 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3423
3424 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3425 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3426
3427 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3428 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3429 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3430 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3431 execution.
3432
3433 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3434
3435 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3436
3437 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3438 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3439
3440 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3441 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3443 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3444
3445 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3446 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3447 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3448 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3449 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3450 `write' commands.
3451
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3453 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3454 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3456
3457 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3458 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3459 semantics.
3460
3461 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3462
3463 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3464
3465 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3466
3467 STATEMENT :=
3468 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3469 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3470
3471 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3472 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3473 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3474 | integer
3475
3476 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3477
3478 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3479 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3480 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3481
3482 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3483 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3484 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3485
3486 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3487 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3488
3489 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3490 BREAK := (break)
3491
3492 REPEAT :=
3493 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3494 (repeat)
3495 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; (repeat))
3497 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3498 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3499 ;; (read REG)
3500 ;; (repeat))
3501 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3503 ;; (read REG)
3504 ;; (repeat))
3505 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3506
3507 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3508 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3509 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3510 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3511 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3512 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3515 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3517 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3518 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3519 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3520 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3521 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3522 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3523
3524 WRITE :=
3525 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3526 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3527 ;; representation.
3528 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3529 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; (write r7))
3531 | (write EXPRESSION)
3532 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3533 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3534 ;; representation.
3535 | (write integer)
3536 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3537 ;; buffer.
3538 | (write string)
3539 ;; Same as: (write string)
3540 | string
3541 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3542 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3543 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write REG ARRAY)
3546 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3547 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3548 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3549 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3550 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3551 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3552
3553 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3554 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3555
3556 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3557 END := (end)
3558
3559 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3560 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3561 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3562
3563 ARG := REG | integer
3564
3565 OPERATOR :=
3566 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3567 + | - | * | / | %
3568
3569 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3570 | & | `|' | ^
3571
3572 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | << | >>
3574
3575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3576 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3577 | <8
3578
3579 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3580 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3581 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3582 | >8
3583
3584 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3585 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3586 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3587 | //
3588
3589 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3590 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3591
3592 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3593 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3596 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3597 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3598 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3599 | de-sjis
3600
3601 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3602 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3603 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3606 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3607 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3608 ;; byte of SJIS.
3609 | en-sjis
3610
3611 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3612 ;; Same meaning as C code
3613 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3614
3615 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3616 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3617 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3618 | <8=
3619
3620 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3621 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3622 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3623
3624 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3625 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3626 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3627 | //=
3628
3629 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3630
3631
3632 TRANSLATE :=
3633 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3634 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3635 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3636 LOOKUP :=
3637 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3638 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3639 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3640 MAP :=
3641 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3642 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3643 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3644 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3645 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3646 MAP-ID := integer
3647
3648 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3649
3650 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3651
3652 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3653 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3654 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3655 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3656 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3657 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3658
3659 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3660
3661 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3662 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3663 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3664
3665 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3666
3667 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3668
3669 ;;;***
3670 \f
3671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21710 25547
3672 ;;;;;; 77569 775000))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3674
3675 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3676 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3677 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3678 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3679
3680 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3681
3682 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3683
3684 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3685 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3686
3687 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3688
3689 ;;;***
3690 \f
3691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21710 25465 97935
3692 ;;;;;; 260000))
3693 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3694 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3695
3696 ;;;***
3697 \f
3698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21710 25547
3699 ;;;;;; 176569 334000))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3701 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3702
3703 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3704 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3705 There are no special keybindings by default.
3706
3707 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3708 to the action header.
3709
3710 \(fn)" t nil)
3711
3712 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3713 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3714 There are no special keybindings by default.
3715
3716 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3717 to the action header.
3718
3719 \(fn)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3722 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3723 on the buffer contents
3724
3725 \(fn)" nil nil)
3726
3727 ;;;***
3728 \f
3729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21710 25547
3730 ;;;;;; 77569 775000))
3731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3732 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3733
3734 ;;;***
3735 \f
3736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3737 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 126935 130000))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3739
3740 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3741 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3742 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3743
3744 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3747 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3748 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3749
3750 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3751
3752 ;;;***
3753 \f
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21710
3755 ;;;;;; 25465 126935 130000))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3757 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3764 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3766
3767 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3768
3769
3770 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3773
3774 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3775 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3776 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3777 the users will view as each check is completed.
3778
3779 \(fn)" t nil)
3780
3781 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3782 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3783 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3784 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3785 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3786 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3787 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3788 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3789
3790 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3794 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3795 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3796 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3797 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3798 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3799 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3800
3801 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3804 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3805 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3806 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3807 spacing are all verified.
3808
3809 \(fn)" t nil)
3810
3811 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3812 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3813 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3814 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3815 otherwise stop after the first error.
3816
3817 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3820 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3821 Only documentation strings are checked.
3822 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3823 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3824 a separate buffer.
3825
3826 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3827
3828 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3829 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3830 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3831 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3832 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3833
3834 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3835
3836 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3837 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3839 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3840 if there is one.
3841
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3847 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3848 if there is one.
3849 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3850
3851 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3852
3853 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3854 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3855 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3860 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3861 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3862 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3863 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3864
3865 \(fn)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3868 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3869 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3870 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3871 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3872 space at the end of each line.
3873
3874 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3878 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3894
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3896
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3901
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3908
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3915
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3917
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3922
3923 \(fn)" t nil)
3924
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3929
3930 \(fn)" t nil)
3931
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3936
3937 \(fn)" t nil)
3938
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3940 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3944
3945 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3946 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3947 checking of documentation strings.
3948
3949 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3950
3951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3952
3953 ;;;***
3954 \f
3955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21710
3956 ;;;;;; 25465 206934 774000))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3958
3959 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3960 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3961 Return the length of resulting text.
3962
3963 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3964
3965 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3966 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3967
3968 \(fn)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3971 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3972 Return the length of resulting text.
3973
3974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3977 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3978
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3982
3983
3984 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3987
3988
3989 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3990
3991 ;;;***
3992 \f
3993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21710 25465 115935
3994 ;;;;;; 179000))
3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3996
3997 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3998 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3999 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4000 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4001 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4002 editing and the result is evaluated.
4003
4004 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4007 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4008 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4009 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4010 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4011
4012 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4013
4014 \(fn)" t nil)
4015
4016 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4017 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4018 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4019 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4020 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4021
4022 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4023 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4024 \\{command-history-map}
4025
4026 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4027 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4028
4029 \(fn)" t nil)
4030
4031 ;;;***
4032 \f
4033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21710
4034 ;;;;;; 25547 78569 770000))
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4036
4037 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4038 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4039 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4040 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4041 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4042 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4043 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4044 of this function.
4045
4046 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4047 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4048 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4049 property are:
4050
4051 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4052 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4053
4054 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4055 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4056 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4057 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4058 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4059 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4060 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4061 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4062 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4063 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4064 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4065 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4066
4067 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4068 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4069 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4070
4071 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4072 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4073 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4074 list elements are:
4075
4076 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4077
4078 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4079
4080 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4081
4082 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4083 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4084
4085 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4086 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4087
4088 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4089 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4090 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4091 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4092 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4093 value specified by their associated list element.
4094
4095 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4096
4097 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4098 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4099 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4100
4101 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4102 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4103 * indent the first argument by 4.
4104 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4105 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4106 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4107
4108 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4109
4110 ;;;***
4111 \f
4112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21710 25547
4113 ;;;;;; 78569 770000))
4114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4115 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4116
4117 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4118
4119 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4120 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4121 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4122 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4123 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4124 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4125
4126 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4127 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4128
4129 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4130
4131 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4132
4133 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4134
4135 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4136
4137 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4138
4139 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4140
4141 ;;;***
4142 \f
4143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21710 25465
4144 ;;;;;; 307934 323000))
4145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4146
4147 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4148 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4149 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4150 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4151
4152 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4153 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4154 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4155 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4156
4157 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4158 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4159
4160 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4161
4162 ;;;***
4163 \f
4164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21710 25465 115935
4165 ;;;;;; 179000))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4167
4168 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4169 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4170 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4171 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4172 of `scheme-program-name').
4173 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4174 it is given as initial input.
4175 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4176 discards input when it starts up.
4177 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4178 is run).
4179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4180
4181 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4182
4183 ;;;***
4184 \f
4185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21710 25465 115935 179000))
4186 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4187
4188 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4189 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4190 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4191 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4192
4193 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4194 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4195
4196 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4197 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4198 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4199
4200 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4201
4202 ;;;***
4203 \f
4204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21710 25547 70569 806000))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4206
4207 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4208 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4209 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4210 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4211 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4212 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4213 functions have already modified the buffer.
4214
4215 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4216
4217 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4218 either globally or locally.")
4219
4220 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4221 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4222 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4223 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4224
4225 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4226 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4227 `start-file-process'
4228 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4229 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4230 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4231
4232 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4233 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4234
4235 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4236
4237 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4238
4239 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4240
4241 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4242 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4243 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4244 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4245 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4246 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4247 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4248 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4249 process as its initial input.
4250
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4252
4253 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4254
4255 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4256
4257 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4258 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4259 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4260 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4261 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4262 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4263
4264 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4265
4266 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4267 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4268 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4269 directory tracking functions.")
4270
4271 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4272 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4273 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4274
4275 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4276
4277 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4280 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4281 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4282
4283 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4284
4285 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4286
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to current process.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4291
4292 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4293
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4296 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4297 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4298
4299 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4300
4301 ;;;***
4302 \f
4303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21710 25547
4304 ;;;;;; 218569 146000))
4305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4306
4307 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4308 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4309 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4310 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4311
4312 This command pushes the mark in each window
4313 at the prior location of point in that window.
4314 If both windows display the same buffer,
4315 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4316 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4317
4318 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4319 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4320 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4321 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4322 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4323 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4324 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4325 ignored.
4326
4327 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4328 this command work in interlaced mode:
4329 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4330 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4331 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4332
4333 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4334
4335 ;;;***
4336 \f
4337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21710 25547
4338 ;;;;;; 177569 329000))
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4340
4341 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4342 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4343
4344 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4345
4346 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4347 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4348 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4349
4350 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4351
4352 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4353 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4354 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4355
4356 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4357
4358 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4359 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4360 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4361 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4362 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4363
4364 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4365 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4366 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4367 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4368 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4371 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4372 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4373 describing how the process finished.")
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4376 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4377 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4378 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4379 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4380
4381 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4382 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4383 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4384
4385 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4386
4387 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4388 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4389 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4390 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4391
4392 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4393
4394 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4395 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4396
4397 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4398 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4399
4400 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4401 (lambda ()
4402 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4403 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4404 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4405 (concat \"make -k \"
4406 (if buffer-file-name
4407 (shell-quote-argument
4408 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4409
4410 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4411 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4414 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4415 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4416 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4417
4418 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4419
4420 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4421 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4422 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4423 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4424
4425 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4426 and move to the source code that caused it.
4427
4428 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4429 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4430
4431 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4432 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4433 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4434 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4435 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4436
4437 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4438 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4439 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4440 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4441
4442 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4443 kills its subprocesses.
4444
4445 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4446 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4447 to a function that generates a unique name.
4448
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4450
4451 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4452 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4453 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4454 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4455
4456 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4457 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4458
4459 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4460 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4461 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4462 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4463
4464 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4465 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4466 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4467
4468 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4469
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4471
4472 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4473 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4474 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4475 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4476 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4477
4478 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4479
4480 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4481
4482 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4483
4484 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4485
4486 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4487 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4489 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4490 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4491
4492 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4493 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4494 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4495 See `compilation-mode'.
4496
4497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4498
4499 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4502 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4503 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4504
4505 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4506 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4507 `compilation-mode'.
4508
4509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4510
4511 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4512 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4513 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4514
4515 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4516
4517 ;;;***
4518 \f
4519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21710 25547 71569
4520 ;;;;;; 802000))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4522
4523 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4524 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4525 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4528 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4529
4530 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4531
4532 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4533 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4535 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4536 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4537
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4539
4540 ;;;***
4541 \f
4542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21710
4543 ;;;;;; 25547 208569 191000))
4544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4545
4546 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4547 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4548 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4549 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4550 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4551 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4552 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4553
4554 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4555 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4556 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4557
4558 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4559 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4560 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4561
4562 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4563 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4564 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4565 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4566
4567 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4568 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4569 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4570 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4571 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4572 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4573 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4574
4575 \\{conf-mode-map}
4576
4577 \(fn)" t nil)
4578
4579 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4580 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4581 Comments start with `#'.
4582 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4583
4584 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4585
4586 \[Desktop Entry]
4587 Encoding=UTF-8
4588 Name=The GIMP
4589 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4590 Name[cs]=GIMP
4591
4592 \(fn)" t nil)
4593
4594 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4595 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4596 Comments start with `;'.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4598
4599 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4600
4601 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4602 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4603 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4604
4605 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4606 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4612 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4613 between `/*' and `*/'.
4614 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615
4616 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4617 // another kind of comment
4618 /* yet another */
4619
4620 name:value
4621 name=value
4622 name value
4623 x.1 =
4624 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4625 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4626
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4628
4629 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4630 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4631 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4632 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4633 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4634 `conf-space-keywords'.
4635 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4636 in an interactive fashion instead.
4637
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4639
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4641
4642 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4643 image/png png
4644 image/tiff tiff tif
4645
4646 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4647 class desktop
4648 # Standard multimedia devices
4649 add /dev/audio desktop
4650 add /dev/mixer desktop
4651
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4653
4654 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4655 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4656 See `conf-space-mode'.
4657
4658 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4663 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4664
4665 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4666
4667 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4668 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4669
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4671
4672 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4673 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4674 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4675 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4676
4677 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4678
4679 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4680 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4681
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4686 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4688
4689 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4690
4691 *background: gray99
4692 *foreground: black
4693
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4695
4696 ;;;***
4697 \f
4698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21710 25465 294934
4699 ;;;;;; 381000))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4701
4702 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4703 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4704 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4705 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4706 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4707 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4708
4709 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4710
4711 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4712 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4713 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4714 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4715
4716 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4717
4718 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4719 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4720 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4721 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4722
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4724
4725 ;;;***
4726 \f
4727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21710
4728 ;;;;;; 25465 128935 122000))
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4730 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4731 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4732 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4733
4734 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4735 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4736 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4737 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4738 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4739 following the copyright are updated as well.
4740 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4741 interactively.
4742
4743 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4744
4745 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4746 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4747 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4748 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4749 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4750
4751 \(fn)" t nil)
4752
4753 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4754 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4755
4756 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4759 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4760 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4761
4762 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4763
4764 ;;;***
4765 \f
4766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21710
4767 ;;;;;; 25547 178569 324000))
4768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4769 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4771 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4772 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4773 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4774 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4775 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4776
4777 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4778 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4779 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4780 Tab indents for Perl code.
4781 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4783
4784 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4785 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4786 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4787 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4788 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4789 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4790 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4791 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4792 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4793 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4794 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4795 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4796
4797 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4798
4799 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4800 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4801
4802 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4803
4804 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4805 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4806 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4807 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4808 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4809 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4810 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4811 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4812 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4813
4814 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4815
4816 bite if angry;
4817
4818 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4819 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4820 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4821 to nil.)
4822
4823 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4824 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4825 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4826
4827 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4828
4829 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4830 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4831 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4832 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4833 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4834
4835 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4836
4837 if (A) { B }
4838
4839 into
4840
4841 B if A;
4842
4843 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4844
4845 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4846 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4847 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4848 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4849 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4850 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4851 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4852 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4853 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4854 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4855 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4856 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4857 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4858
4859 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4860 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4861 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4862 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4863 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4864 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4865
4866 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4867 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4868 man via menu.
4869
4870 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4871 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4872 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4873 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4874 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4875
4876 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4877 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4878 span the needed amount of lines.
4879
4880 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4881 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4882 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4883 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4884
4885 Variables controlling indentation style:
4886 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4887 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4888 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4889 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4890 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4891 `cperl-auto-newline'
4892 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4893 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4894 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4895 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4896 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4897 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4898 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4899 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4900 `cperl-indent-level'
4901 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4902 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4903 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4905 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4906 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4907 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4908 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4909 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4910 `cperl-brace-offset'
4911 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4912 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4913 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4914 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4915 `cperl-label-offset'
4916 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4917 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4918 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4919
4920 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4921 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4922 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4924 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4926
4927 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4928 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4929 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4930 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4931
4932 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4933 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4934 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4935 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4936 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4937 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4938 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4939
4940 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4941 column 0 is indented on
4942 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4943
4944 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4945 with no args.
4946
4947 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4948 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4949 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4950
4951 \(fn)" t nil)
4952
4953 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4954 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4955
4956 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4957
4958 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4959 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4960
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4962
4963 ;;;***
4964 \f
4965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21710 25465 310934
4966 ;;;;;; 310000))
4967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4968
4969 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4970 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4971 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4972 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4973 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4974
4975 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4976
4977 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4978 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4979
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4981
4982 ;;;***
4983 \f
4984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21710 25465 128935
4985 ;;;;;; 122000))
4986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4987
4988 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4989 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4990 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4991 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4992 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4993 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4994 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4995 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4996
4997 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4998 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4999
5000 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5001 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5002 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5003
5004 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5005 with empty strings removed.
5006
5007 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5008
5009 ;;;***
5010 \f
5011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21710 25547
5012 ;;;;;; 208569 191000))
5013 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5014
5015 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5016 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5017
5018 \(fn)" t nil)
5019
5020 ;;;***
5021 \f
5022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21710 25547
5023 ;;;;;; 86569 735000))
5024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5025
5026 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5027 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5028 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5030 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5031 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5032
5033 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5034
5035 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5036 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5038 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5039 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5040
5041 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5042 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5043 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5044 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5045 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5046 normal function of these prefix keys.
5047
5048 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5049 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5050 options:
5051 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5052 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5053 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5054
5055 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5056 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5057 the prefix fallback behavior.
5058
5059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5062 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5063
5064 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5065
5066 ;;;***
5067 \f
5068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21710 25465
5069 ;;;;;; 138935 77000))
5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5071
5072 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5073 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5074 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5075
5076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5077
5078 ;;;***
5079 \f
5080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21710 25547 72569
5081 ;;;;;; 797000))
5082 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5083
5084 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5085 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5086
5087 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5088
5089 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5090 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5091
5092 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5093
5094 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5095 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5096
5097 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5098
5099 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5100 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5101
5102 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5103 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5104
5105 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5106 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5107
5108 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5109
5110 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5111
5112 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5113 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5114 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5115
5116 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5117 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5118
5119 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5120 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5121
5122 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5123 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5124
5125 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5126
5127 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5128
5129 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5130 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5131 Return VALUE.
5132
5133 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5134 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5135
5136 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5137 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5138
5139 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5140 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5141
5142 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5143
5144 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5147 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5148 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5149 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5150
5151 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5152 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5153 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5154
5155 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5156
5157 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5158 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5159 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5160 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5161 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5162
5163 \(fn)" t nil)
5164
5165 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5166 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5167 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5168 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5169
5170 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5173 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5174 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5175
5176 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5177
5178 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5179 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5180
5181 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5182
5183 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5186 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5187
5188 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5189
5190 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5191
5192 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5193 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5194 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5195
5196 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5197
5198 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5199 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5200 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5201 as part of Emacs itself.
5202
5203 Each elements looks like this:
5204
5205 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5206
5207 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5208 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5209 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5210 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5211 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5212 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5213 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5214 and `defface'.
5215
5216 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5217
5218 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5219 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5220 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5221 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5222 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5223
5224 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5225 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5226 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5227 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5228
5229 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5230
5231 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5232 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5233 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5234 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5235 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5236 release.
5237
5238 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5239 that were added or redefined since that version.
5240
5241 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5242
5243 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5245 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5246 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5247
5248 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5249
5250 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5251 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5252
5253 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5254
5255 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5256 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5257 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5258
5259 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5260 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5261
5262 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5265 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5266
5267 \(fn)" t nil)
5268
5269 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5270 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5271
5272 \(fn)" t nil)
5273
5274 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5275 Customize all saved options and faces.
5276
5277 \(fn)" t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5280 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5281 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5282 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5283 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5284 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5285
5286 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5287 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5288 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5289
5290 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5291
5292 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5293 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5294
5295 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5299
5300 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5301
5302 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5303 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5304
5305 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5306
5307 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5308 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5309 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5310 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5311 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5312 that option.
5313 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5314
5315 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5316
5317 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5318 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5319 The result includes selecting that window.
5320 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5321 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5322 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5323 that option.
5324
5325 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5326
5327 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5328 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5329
5330 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5331
5332 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5333 File used for storing customization information.
5334 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5335 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5336 it should be an absolute file name.
5337
5338 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5339 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5340 something like the following in your init file:
5341
5342 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5343 \(load custom-file)
5344
5345 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5346 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5347
5348 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5349 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5350 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5351 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5352 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5353
5354 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5355 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5356 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5357 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5358 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5359 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5360 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5361 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5362 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5363 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5364
5365 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5366
5367 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5368 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5369
5370 \(fn)" nil nil)
5371
5372 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5373 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5374
5375 \(fn)" t nil)
5376
5377 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5378 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5379 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5380
5381 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5384 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5385 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5386 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5387 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5388
5389 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5390
5391 ;;;***
5392 \f
5393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21710 25465 118935
5394 ;;;;;; 166000))
5395 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5396
5397 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5398 Create or edit a custom theme.
5399 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5400 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5401 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5402 from the Custom save file.
5403 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5404 named *Custom Theme*.
5405
5406 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5407
5408 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5409 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5410
5411 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5412
5413 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5414 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5415
5416 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5417
5418 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5419 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5420 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5421 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5422
5423 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5424
5425 ;;;***
5426 \f
5427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21710 25465
5428 ;;;;;; 366934 60000))
5429 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5430
5431 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5432 Mode used for cvs status output.
5433
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5435
5436 ;;;***
5437 \f
5438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21710 25547 178569
5439 ;;;;;; 324000))
5440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5441 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5442
5443 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5444 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5445
5446 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5447
5448 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5449 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5450 C++ modes are included.
5451
5452 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5453 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5454 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5455
5456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5457
5458 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5459
5460 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5461 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5462 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5465 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5466
5467 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5468
5469 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5470 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5471 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5472 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5473 ARG is omitted or nil.
5474
5475 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5476 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5477 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5478
5479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5480
5481 ;;;***
5482 \f
5483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21710
5484 ;;;;;; 25465 206934 774000))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5486
5487 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5488 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5489
5490 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5491
5492 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5493 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5494
5495 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5498 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5499 For readability, the table is slightly
5500 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5501
5502 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5503 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5504 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5505 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5506 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5507
5508 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5509
5510 ;;;***
5511 \f
5512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21710 25465 118935
5513 ;;;;;; 166000))
5514 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5515 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5516 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5517 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5518 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5519
5520 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5521 Completion on current word.
5522 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5523 and presents suggestions for completion.
5524
5525 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5526 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5527 completions.
5528
5529 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5530 then it searches *all* buffers.
5531
5532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5533
5534 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5535 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5536
5537 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5538 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5539 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5540 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5541 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5542
5543 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5544 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5545
5546 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5547 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5548 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5549
5550 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5551 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5552
5553 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5554
5555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5556
5557 ;;;***
5558 \f
5559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21710 25465
5560 ;;;;;; 97935 260000))
5561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5562
5563 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5564 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5565
5566 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5567
5568 ;;;***
5569 \f
5570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21710 25547 142569 485000))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5572
5573 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5574 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5575 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5576 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5577 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5578
5579 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5580
5581 ;;;***
5582 \f
5583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21710 25465
5584 ;;;;;; 310934 310000))
5585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5586
5587 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5588 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5589
5590 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5591 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5592 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5593
5594 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5595 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5596 Data lines are not indented.
5597
5598 Key bindings:
5599
5600 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5601 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5602
5603 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5604 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5605 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5606 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5607
5608 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5609
5610 dcl-basic-offset
5611 Extra indentation within blocks.
5612
5613 dcl-continuation-offset
5614 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5615
5616 dcl-margin-offset
5617 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5618
5619 dcl-margin-label-offset
5620 Indentation for a label.
5621
5622 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5623 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5624
5625 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5626 dcl-block-end-regexp
5627 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5628 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5629 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5630 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5631 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5632
5633 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5634 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5635 Two such functions are included in the package:
5636 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5637 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5638
5639 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5640 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5641 One such function is included in the package:
5642 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5643
5644 dcl-tab-always-indent
5645 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5646 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5647 margin.
5648
5649 dcl-electric-characters
5650 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5651 typed.
5652
5653 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5654 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5655 which words trigger electric indentation.
5656
5657 dcl-tempo-comma
5658 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5659 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5660 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5661
5662 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5663 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5664 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5665 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5666
5667 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5668 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5669 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5670 dcl-imenu-label-call
5671 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5672
5673 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5674 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5675 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5676 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5677
5678
5679 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5680
5681 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5682 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5683 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5684 $ i = 1
5685 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5686 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5687 $ label:
5688 $ if i.eq.1
5689 $ then
5690 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5691 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5692 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5693 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5694 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5695 \"lined up with the command line\"
5696 $ type sys$input
5697 Data lines are not indented at all.
5698 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5699 $ endif
5700 $
5701
5702
5703 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5704 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5705
5706 \(fn)" t nil)
5707
5708 ;;;***
5709 \f
5710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21710 25465
5711 ;;;;;; 129935 117000))
5712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5713
5714 (setq debugger 'debug)
5715
5716 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5717 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5718 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5719 of the evaluator.
5720
5721 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5722 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5723 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5724
5725 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5726
5727 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5728 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5729
5730 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5731
5732 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5733 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5734 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5735 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5736 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5737 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5738
5739 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5740 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5741
5742 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5743
5744 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5745 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5746 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5747 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5748 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5749
5750 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5751
5752 ;;;***
5753 \f
5754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21710 25465
5755 ;;;;;; 294934 381000))
5756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5757
5758 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5759 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5760
5761 \(fn)" t nil)
5762
5763 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5764 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5765 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5766 Upper-case letters are commands.
5767
5768 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5769 modify it.
5770
5771 The most useful commands are:
5772 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5773 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5774 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5775 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5776 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5777 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5778
5779 \(fn)" t nil)
5780
5781 ;;;***
5782 \f
5783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21710 25465 118935
5784 ;;;;;; 166000))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5786 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5787
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5789 Customization of `columns' group.
5790
5791 \(fn)" t nil)
5792
5793 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5794 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5795
5796 START and END delimits the text region.
5797
5798 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5799
5800 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5801 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5802
5803 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5804
5805 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5806
5807 ;;;***
5808 \f
5809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21710 25465 118935 166000))
5810 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5811
5812 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5813
5814 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5815 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5816 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5819 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5820
5821 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5822
5823 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5824 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5826 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5827 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5828
5829 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5830 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5831 point regardless of any selection.
5832
5833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5834
5835 ;;;***
5836 \f
5837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21710 25547
5838 ;;;;;; 79569 766000))
5839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5840
5841 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5842 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5843
5844 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5845
5846 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5847 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5848 or nil if there is no parent.
5849 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5850 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5851 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5852 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5853 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5854
5855 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5856 arguments are currently understood:
5857 :group GROUP
5858 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5859 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5860 :syntax-table TABLE
5861 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5862 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5863 :abbrev-table TABLE
5864 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5865 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5866
5867 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5868
5869 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5870
5871 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5872 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5873 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5874
5875 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5876 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5877
5878 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5879 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5880 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5881
5882 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5883 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5884
5885 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5886 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5887
5888 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5889
5890 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5891
5892 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5893
5894 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5895 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5896 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5897 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5898 the first time the mode is used.
5899
5900 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5901
5902 ;;;***
5903 \f
5904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21710 25547 72569
5905 ;;;;;; 797000))
5906 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5907
5908 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5909 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5910 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5911 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5912 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5913 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5914 otherwise.
5915
5916 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5917
5918 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5919 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5920 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5921 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5922
5923 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5924 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5925 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5926
5927 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5928 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5929 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5930 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5931 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5932 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5933 relevant to POS.
5934
5935 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5936
5937 ;;;***
5938 \f
5939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21710 25547 73569 793000))
5940 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5941
5942 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5943 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5944 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5947 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5948
5949 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5950
5951 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5952 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5954 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5955 is omitted or nil.
5956
5957 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5958 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5959 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5960 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5961
5962 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5963 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5964
5965 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5966 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5967
5968 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5969
5970 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5971
5972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5973
5974 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5975 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5976 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5977 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5978
5979 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5980
5981 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5982 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5983
5984 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5985 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5986 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5987
5988 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5989 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5990
5991 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5992 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5993 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5994
5995 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5996 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5997 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5998 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5999
6000 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6001
6002 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6003 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6004
6005 Handlers are called with argument list
6006
6007 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6008
6009 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6010
6011 `desktop-file-version'
6012 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6013 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6014 `desktop-buffer-point'
6015 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6016 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6017 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6018
6019 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6020 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6021
6022 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6023 code like
6024
6025 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6026 ...
6027 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6028 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6029
6030 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6031
6032 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6033
6034 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6035 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6036 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6037 List elements must have the form
6038
6039 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6040
6041 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6042 function.
6043
6044 Handlers are called with argument list
6045
6046 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6047
6048 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6049
6050 `desktop-file-version'
6051 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6052 `desktop-buffer-name'
6053 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6054 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6055 `desktop-buffer-point'
6056 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6057 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6058 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6059
6060 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6061 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6062 created and set.
6063
6064 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6065 code like
6066
6067 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6068 ...
6069 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6070 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6071
6072 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6073
6074 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6075
6076 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6077
6078 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6079 Empty the Desktop.
6080 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6081 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6082 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6083 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6084 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6085 if different).
6086
6087 \(fn)" t nil)
6088
6089 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6090 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6091 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6092 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6093 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6094 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6095 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6096
6097 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6098
6099 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6100 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6101 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6102
6103 \(fn)" t nil)
6104
6105 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6106 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6107 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6108 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6109 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6110 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6111 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6112 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6113
6114 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6115
6116 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6117 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6118 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6119
6120 \(fn)" nil nil)
6121
6122 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6123
6124 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6125 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6126 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6127 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6128 directory DIRNAME.
6129
6130 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6131
6132 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6133 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6134
6135 \(fn)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6138 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6139
6140 \(fn)" t nil)
6141
6142 ;;;***
6143 \f
6144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21710 25465
6145 ;;;;;; 166934 952000))
6146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6147
6148 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6149 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6150 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6151 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6152 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6153 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6154
6155 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6156
6157 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6158 Repair a broken attribution line.
6159 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6160
6161 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6162
6163 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6164 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6165 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6166 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6167
6168 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6169
6170 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6171 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6172
6173 \(fn)" t nil)
6174
6175 ;;;***
6176 \f
6177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21710
6178 ;;;;;; 25547 60569 851000))
6179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6180
6181 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6182 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6183 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6184 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6185 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6186
6187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6190 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6191 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6192 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6193
6194 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6195 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6196 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6197 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6198
6199 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6200 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6201
6202 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6203 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6204 calendar-date-style 'european
6205 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6206
6207 \(diary-mail-entries)
6208
6209 # diary-rem.el ends here
6210
6211 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6212
6213 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6214 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6215
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6217
6218 ;;;***
6219 \f
6220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21710 25465 367934 56000))
6221 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6222
6223 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6224 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6225
6226 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6227
6228 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6229 The command to use to run diff.")
6230
6231 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6232
6233 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6234 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6235 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6236 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6237 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6238 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6239
6240 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6241 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6242 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6243
6244 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6245
6246 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6247 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6248 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6249 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6250 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6251 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6252
6253 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6254
6255 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6256 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6257
6258 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6259
6260 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6261 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6262 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6263
6264 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6265
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21710 25547
6269 ;;;;;; 218569 146000))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6271
6272 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6273 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6274 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6275 normal diffs.
6276
6277 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6278 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6279 headers for you on-the-fly.
6280
6281 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6282 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6283 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6284
6285 \\{diff-mode-map}
6286
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6288
6289 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6290 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6292 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6293 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6294
6295 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6296
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6298
6299 ;;;***
6300 \f
6301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21710 25465 242934 613000))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6303
6304 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6305 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6306 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6307
6308 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6309
6310 ;;;***
6311 \f
6312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21710 25547 74569 788000))
6313 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6314
6315 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6316 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6317 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6318 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6319 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6320 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6321 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6322 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6323
6324 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6325
6326 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6327 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6328 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6329 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6330 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6331 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6332
6333 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6334 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6335 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6336 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6337 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6338 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6339 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6340 list of files to make directory entries for.
6341 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6342 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6343 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6344
6345 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6346
6347 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6348 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6349
6350 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6351 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6352
6353 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6354 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6355
6356 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6357 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6358
6359 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6360
6361 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6362 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6363
6364 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6365
6366 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6367 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6368 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6369 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6370 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6371 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6372 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6373 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6374 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6375 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6376 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6377 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6378 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6379 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6380 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6381 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6382 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6383 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6384 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6385 to see why something went wrong.
6386 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6387 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6388 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6389 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6390 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6391 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6392 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6393 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6394 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6395 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6396 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6397 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6398 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6399
6400 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6401 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6402 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6403 again for the directory tree.
6404
6405 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6406 for more info):
6407
6408 `dired-listing-switches'
6409 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6410 `dired-marker-char'
6411 `dired-del-marker'
6412 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6413 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6414 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6415 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6416
6417 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6418
6419 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6420 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6421 `dired-mode-hook'
6422 `dired-load-hook'
6423
6424 Keybindings:
6425 \\{dired-mode-map}
6426
6427 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6428 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6429
6430 ;;;***
6431 \f
6432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21710 25465 121935
6433 ;;;;;; 153000))
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6435
6436 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6437 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6438 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6439 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6440 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6441
6442 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6443 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6444 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6445
6446 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6447 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6448 directory.
6449
6450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6451
6452 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6453 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6454 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6455 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6456 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6457 from `default-directory'.
6458
6459 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6460
6461 ;;;***
6462 \f
6463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21710 25465
6464 ;;;;;; 129935 117000))
6465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6466
6467 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6468 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6469 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6470 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6471 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6472 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6473
6474 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6475
6476 ;;;***
6477 \f
6478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21710 25465 121935
6479 ;;;;;; 153000))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6481
6482 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6483 Return a new, empty display table.
6484
6485 \(fn)" nil nil)
6486
6487 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6488 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6489 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6490 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6491 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6492
6493 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6494
6495 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6496 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6497 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6498 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6499 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6500
6501 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6502
6503 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6504 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6505
6506 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6507
6508 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6509 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6510
6511 \(fn)" t nil)
6512
6513 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6514 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6515
6516 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6517 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6518
6519 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6520 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6521 byte.
6522
6523 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6524 in the default way after this call.
6525
6526 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6527
6528 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6529 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6530
6531 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6532
6533 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6534 Display character C using printable string S.
6535
6536 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6537
6538 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6539 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6540 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6541 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6542
6543 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6544
6545 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6546 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6547 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6548 X frame.
6549
6550 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6553 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6554
6555 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6558 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6559
6560 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6561
6562 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6563 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6564
6565 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6568 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6569
6570 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6573 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6574
6575 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6578 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6579
6580 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6581 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6582
6583 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6584 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6585
6586 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6587 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6588 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6589 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6590
6591 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6592 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6593 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6594 in `.emacs'.
6595
6596 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6597
6598 ;;;***
6599 \f
6600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21710 25465
6601 ;;;;;; 294934 381000))
6602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6603
6604 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6605 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6606 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6607 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6608 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6609 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6610 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6611 Default is 2.
6612
6613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6614
6615 ;;;***
6616 \f
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21710 25547 74569 788000))
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6619
6620 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6621 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6622 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6623 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6624 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6625 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6626 private or ask).
6627 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6628 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6629 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6630 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6631 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6632
6633 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6634
6635 ;;;***
6636 \f
6637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21710 25465
6638 ;;;;;; 350934 132000))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6640
6641 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6642 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6643 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6644 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6645 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6646 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6647 table and its own syntax table.
6648
6649 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6650
6651 \(fn)" t nil)
6652 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6653
6654 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6655 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6656
6657 \(fn)" t nil)
6658
6659 ;;;***
6660 \f
6661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21710 25547 75569
6662 ;;;;;; 784000))
6663 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6664
6665 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6666 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6667 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6668 OpenDocument format).
6669
6670 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6671
6672 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6673 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6674
6675 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6676 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6677
6678 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6679 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6680 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6681
6682 \(fn)" t nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6685 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6686 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6687 to the next best mode.
6688
6689 \(fn)" nil nil)
6690
6691 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6692 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6694 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6695 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6696
6697 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6698
6699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6702
6703
6704 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6705
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21710 25465 295934
6709 ;;;;;; 377000))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6711
6712 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6713 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6714
6715 \(fn)" t nil)
6716
6717 ;;;***
6718 \f
6719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21710 25465 122935 148000))
6720 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6721
6722 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6723 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6726 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6727
6728 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6729 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6730
6731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6732
6733 ;;;***
6734 \f
6735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21710 25547 166569
6736 ;;;;;; 378000))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6738 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6739
6740 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6741 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6742
6743 \(fn)" t nil)
6744
6745 ;;;***
6746 \f
6747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21710
6748 ;;;;;; 25547 79569 766000))
6749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6750
6751 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6752
6753 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6754 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6755 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6756 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6757 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6758
6759 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6760 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6761 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6762 and disables it otherwise.
6763
6764 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6765 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6766 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6767 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6768
6769 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6770 documenting what its argument does.
6771
6772 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6773 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6774 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6775 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6776 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6777 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6778 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6779 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6780
6781 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6782 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6783 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6784 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6785 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6786 mode is global):
6787
6788 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6789 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6790 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6791 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6792 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6793 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6794 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6795 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6796 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6797 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6798 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6799 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6800 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6801 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6802 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6803 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6804 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6805 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6806 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6807 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6808 in :variable).
6809
6810 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6811 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6812
6813 For example, you could write
6814 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6815 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6816 ...BODY CODE...)
6817
6818 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6819
6820 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6821
6822 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6823
6824 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6825
6826 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6827 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6828 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6829 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6830 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6831 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6832 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6833 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6834 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6835 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6836 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6837 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6838
6839 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6840 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6841 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6842 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6843 call another major mode in their body.
6844
6845 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6846 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6847 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6848
6849 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6850
6851 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6852
6853 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6854 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6855 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6856 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6857 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6858 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6859 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6860
6861 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6862
6863 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6864 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6865 :inherit Parent keymap.
6866 :group Ignored.
6867 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6868 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6869
6870 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6871
6872 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6873 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6874 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6875 the constant's documentation.
6876
6877 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6878
6879 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6880 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6881 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6882
6883 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6884
6885 ;;;***
6886 \f
6887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21710
6888 ;;;;;; 25465 129935 117000))
6889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6890
6891 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6892 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6893 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6894 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6895
6896 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6897 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6898 as a top-level menu bar item.
6899
6900 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6901 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6902 pairs:
6903
6904 :filter FUNCTION
6905 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6906 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6907 items to actually display.
6908
6909 :visible INCLUDE
6910 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6911 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6912 alias for `:visible'.
6913
6914 :active ENABLE
6915 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6916 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6917 an alias for `:active'.
6918
6919 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6920 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6921
6922 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6923
6924 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6925
6926 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6927 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6928
6929 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6930 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6931
6932 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6933
6934 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6935
6936 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6937 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6938
6939 :keys KEYS
6940 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6941 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6942 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6943 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6944
6945 :key-sequence KEYS
6946 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6947 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6948 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6949 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6950
6951 :active ENABLE
6952 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6953 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6954 alias for `:active'.
6955
6956 :visible INCLUDE
6957 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6958 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6959 `:visible'.
6960
6961 :label FORM
6962 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6963 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6964
6965 :suffix FORM
6966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6967 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6968
6969 :style STYLE
6970 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6971 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6972 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6973
6974 :selected SELECTED
6975 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6976 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6977
6978 :help HELP
6979 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6980
6981 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6982 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6983 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6984
6985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6986 MENU. This is a submenu.
6987
6988 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6989
6990 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6991
6992 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6993
6994
6995 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6996
6997 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6998 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6999 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7000 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7001
7002 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7003
7004 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7005 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7006 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7007 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7008 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7009 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7010
7011 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7012 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7013 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7014
7015 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7016 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7017 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7018
7019 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7020 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7021
7022 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7023
7024 ;;;***
7025 \f
7026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21710 25465
7027 ;;;;;; 312934 301000))
7028 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7029 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7030
7031 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7032 Customization for ebnf group.
7033
7034 \(fn)" t nil)
7035
7036 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7037 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7038
7039 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7040
7041 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7042 processed.
7043
7044 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7045
7046 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7047
7048 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7049 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7050
7051 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7052 killed after process termination.
7053
7054 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7055
7056 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7057
7058 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7059 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7060
7061 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7062 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7063 it to the printer.
7064
7065 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7066 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7067 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7068 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7069
7070 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7071
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7074 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7075
7076 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7077
7078 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7079 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7080
7081 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7082
7083 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7084 processed.
7085
7086 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7087
7088 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7089
7090 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7091 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7092
7093 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7094 killed after process termination.
7095
7096 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7097
7098 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7099
7100 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7101 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7102 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7103 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7104
7105 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7106
7107 \(fn)" t nil)
7108
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7111 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7112
7113 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7114
7115 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7118 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7119
7120 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7121
7122 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7123 processed.
7124
7125 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7126
7127 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7130 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7131
7132 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7133 killed after EPS generation.
7134
7135 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7136
7137 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7141
7142 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7143 The EPS file name has the following form:
7144
7145 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7146
7147 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7148 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7149
7150 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7151 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7152 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7153 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7154 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7155
7156 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7157 files.
7158
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7160
7161 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7163
7164 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7165 The EPS file name has the following form:
7166
7167 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7168
7169 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7170 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7171
7172 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7173 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7174 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7175 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7176 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7177
7178 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7179 files.
7180
7181 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7182
7183 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7184
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7187
7188 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7189
7190 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7191 are processed.
7192
7193 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7194
7195 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7199
7200 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7201 killed after syntax checking.
7202
7203 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7204
7205 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7206
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7209
7210 \(fn)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7214
7215 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7219
7220 \(fn)" nil nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7224
7225 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7226
7227 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7228
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7231
7232 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7233
7234 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Delete style NAME.
7238
7239 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7240
7241 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7245
7246 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7247
7248 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Set STYLE as the current style.
7252
7253 Returns the old style symbol.
7254
7255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7256
7257 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Reset current style.
7261
7262 Returns the old style symbol.
7263
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265
7266 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7270
7271 Returns the old style symbol.
7272
7273 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7274
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7276
7277 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7281
7282 Returns the old style symbol.
7283
7284 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7285
7286 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7287
7288 \(fn)" t nil)
7289
7290 ;;;***
7291 \f
7292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21710 25465
7293 ;;;;;; 313934 297000))
7294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7295
7296 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7297 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7298 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7299 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7300 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7301 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7302
7303 Tree mode key bindings:
7304 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7305
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7309 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7310
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7314 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7315
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7319 View declaration of member at point.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7324 Find declaration of member at point.
7325
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7329 View definition of member at point.
7330
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find definition of member at point.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7339 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7340
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7344 View definition of member at point in other window.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7349 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7354 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7355
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7359 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7360
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7364 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7365
7366 \(fn)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7369 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7370 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7371 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7372 completion.
7373
7374 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7377 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7378 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7379 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7380
7381 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7384 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7385 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7386 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7387
7388 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7391 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7392 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7393
7394 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7397 Search for call sites of a member.
7398 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7399 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7400 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7401 looks like a function call to the member.
7402
7403 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7406 Move backward in the position stack.
7407 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7408
7409 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7412 Move forward in the position stack.
7413 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7414
7415 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7418 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7419
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7423 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7424
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7428 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7429 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7430 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7431
7432 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7435 Display statistics for a class tree.
7436
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7438
7439 ;;;***
7440 \f
7441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21710 25465 122935
7442 ;;;;;; 148000))
7443 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7444
7445 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7446 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7447 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7448 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7449 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7450 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7451 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7452
7453 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7454
7455 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7456 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7457 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7458 also has this effect.
7459 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7460 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7461 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7462 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7463 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7464 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7465 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7467 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7468 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7469
7470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7471
7472 ;;;***
7473 \f
7474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21710 25465 122935
7475 ;;;;;; 148000))
7476 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7477
7478 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7479 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7480 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7481
7482 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7483
7484 ;;;***
7485 \f
7486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21710 25465
7487 ;;;;;; 166934 952000))
7488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7489
7490 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7491
7492
7493 \(fn)" nil nil)
7494
7495 ;;;***
7496 \f
7497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21710 25547 62569 842000))
7498 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7499 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7500
7501 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7502 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7503 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7505 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7506 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7507
7508 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7509
7510 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7511 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7515
7516 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7517 an EDE controlled project.
7518
7519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7520
7521 ;;;***
7522 \f
7523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21710 25547
7524 ;;;;;; 80569 762000))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7526
7527 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7528 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7529 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7530 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7531 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7532
7533 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7534 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7535 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7536 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7537
7538 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7539
7540 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7541 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7542 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7543 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7544
7545 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7546
7547 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7548 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7549 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7550 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7551
7552 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7553
7554 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7555
7556 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7557 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7558 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7559 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7560 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7561
7562 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7563 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7564 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7565 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7566 instrumented for Edebug.
7567
7568 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7569 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7570 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7571 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7572 already is one.)
7573
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7575
7576 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7577 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7578
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7582 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7583
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7585
7586 ;;;***
7587 \f
7588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21710 25465 369934 47000))
7589 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7590 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7591
7592 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7593 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7594
7595 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7596
7597 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7599
7600 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7601
7602 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7603
7604 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7605
7606 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7607 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7608 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7609 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7610
7611 \(fn)" t nil)
7612
7613 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7614 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7615 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7616 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7617
7618 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7619
7620 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7621 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7622
7623 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7624
7625 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7626
7627 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7628 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7629
7630 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7631
7632 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7633
7634 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7635 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7636 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7637 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7638
7639 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7640
7641 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7642
7643 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7644 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7645 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7646 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7647
7648 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7649
7650 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7651
7652 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7653 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7654 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7655 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7656
7657 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7658
7659 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7660
7661 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7662 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7663 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7664 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7665
7666 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7667
7668 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7669
7670 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7671 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7672 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7673 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7674 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7675 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7676
7677 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7678
7679 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7680 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7681 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7682 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7683
7684 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7685
7686 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7689 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7690 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7691 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7692
7693 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7694
7695 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7696
7697 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7698
7699 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7700 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7701 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7702 follows:
7703 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7704 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7705
7706 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7707
7708 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7709 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7710 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7711 follows:
7712 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7713 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7714
7715 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7716
7717 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7718 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7719 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7720 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7721 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7722
7723 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7724
7725 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7726 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7727 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7728 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7729 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7730 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7731
7732 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7733
7734 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7735
7736 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7737 Merge two files without ancestor.
7738
7739 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7740
7741 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7742 Merge two files with ancestor.
7743
7744 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7745
7746 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7747
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7749 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7750
7751 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7752
7753 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7754 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7755
7756 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7760 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7761 buffer.
7762
7763 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7767 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7768 buffer.
7769
7770 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7771
7772 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7773 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7774 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7775 and don't ask the user.
7776 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7777 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7778
7779 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7783 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7784 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7785 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7786 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7787 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7788 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7789
7790 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7791
7792 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7793
7794 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7798 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7799 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7800 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7801
7802 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7803
7804 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7805
7806 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7807 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7808 When called interactively, displays the version.
7809
7810 \(fn)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7813 Display Ediff's manual.
7814 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7815
7816 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7817
7818 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7819
7820
7821 \(fn)" nil nil)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7824
7825
7826 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7829
7830
7831 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832
7833 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7834
7835
7836 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837
7838 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7839
7840
7841 \(fn)" nil nil)
7842
7843 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7844
7845
7846 \(fn)" nil nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7849
7850
7851 \(fn)" nil nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7854
7855
7856 \(fn)" nil nil)
7857
7858 ;;;***
7859 \f
7860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21710 25465
7861 ;;;;;; 367934 56000))
7862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7865
7866
7867 \(fn)" t nil)
7868
7869 ;;;***
7870 \f
7871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21710 25465
7872 ;;;;;; 368934 51000))
7873 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7876 Display Ediff's registry.
7877
7878 \(fn)" t nil)
7879
7880 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7881
7882 ;;;***
7883 \f
7884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21710 25547
7885 ;;;;;; 219569 142000))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7889 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7890 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7891 which see.
7892
7893 \(fn)" t nil)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7896 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7897 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7898 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7899
7900 \(fn)" t nil)
7901
7902 ;;;***
7903 \f
7904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21710 25465 122935
7905 ;;;;;; 148000))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7907 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7908
7909 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7910 Edit a keyboard macro.
7911 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7912 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7913 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7914 its command name.
7915 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7916
7917 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7918
7919 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7920 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7921
7922 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7923
7924 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7925 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7926
7927 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7928
7929 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7930 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7931 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7932 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7933 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7934 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7935
7936 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7937 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7938 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7939 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7940
7941 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7944 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7945 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7946 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7947 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7948 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7949
7950 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7951
7952 ;;;***
7953 \f
7954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21710 25547 86569
7955 ;;;;;; 735000))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7957
7958 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7959 Set scroll margins.
7960 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7961 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7962
7963 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7964
7965 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7966 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7967
7968 \(fn)" t nil)
7969
7970 ;;;***
7971 \f
7972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21710 25465 122935 148000))
7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7974
7975 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7976 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7977 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7978 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7979 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7980 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7981 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7982
7983 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7984 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7985
7986 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7987 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7988 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7989 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7990
7991 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7992 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7993 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7994
7995 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7996 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7997 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7998
7999 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8000
8001 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8002
8003
8004 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8005
8006 ;;;***
8007 \f
8008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21710 25547
8009 ;;;;;; 82569 753000))
8010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8011 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8012
8013 ;;;***
8014 \f
8015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21710
8016 ;;;;;; 25547 81569 757000))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8018 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8019
8020 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8021 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8022 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8023 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8024 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8025 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8026 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8027
8028 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8029
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21710 25547
8033 ;;;;;; 82569 753000))
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8035
8036 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8037 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8038
8039 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8040
8041 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8042 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8044 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8045 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8046
8047 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8048 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8049 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8050 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8051 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8052 expression point is on.
8053
8054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8055
8056 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8057
8058 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8059 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8060 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8061 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8062 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8063 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8064 arg list.
8065
8066 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8067 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8068 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8069 effect.
8070
8071 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8072 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8073
8074 ;;;***
8075 \f
8076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21710 25465 122935
8077 ;;;;;; 148000))
8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8079
8080 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8081 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8082
8083 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8084 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8085 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8086
8087 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8088
8089 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8090 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8091 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8094 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8095
8096 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8097
8098 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8099 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8100 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8101 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8102 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8103
8104 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8105 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8106 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8107
8108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8109
8110 ;;;***
8111 \f
8112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21710 25465 123935
8113 ;;;;;; 144000))
8114 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8115
8116 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8117 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8118
8119 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8120 an elided material again.
8121
8122 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8123
8124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21710 25465
8129 ;;;;;; 132935 104000))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8131
8132 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8133 Lint the file FILE.
8134
8135 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8138 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8139 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8140
8141 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8142
8143 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8144 Lint the current buffer.
8145 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8146
8147 \(fn)" t nil)
8148
8149 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8150 Lint the function at point.
8151 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8152
8153 \(fn)" t nil)
8154
8155 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8156 Initialize elint.
8157 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8158 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8159
8160 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8161
8162 ;;;***
8163 \f
8164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21710 25465 132935
8165 ;;;;;; 104000))
8166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8167
8168 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8169 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8170 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8171
8172 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8175 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8176 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8177 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8178
8179 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8180
8181 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8182 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8183 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8184
8185 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8186
8187 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8190 Display current profiling results.
8191 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8192 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8193 displayed.
8194
8195 \(fn)" t nil)
8196
8197 ;;;***
8198 \f
8199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21710 25465 138935
8200 ;;;;;; 77000))
8201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8202
8203 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8204 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8205 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8206 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8207 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8208 ARG is omitted or nil.
8209
8210 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8211 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8212 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8213 used instead.
8214
8215 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8216
8217 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8218 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8219 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8220
8221 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8222
8223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8224
8225 ;;;***
8226 \f
8227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21710 25547
8228 ;;;;;; 134569 521000))
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8230
8231 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8232 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8233 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8234
8235 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8236
8237 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8238
8239 ;;;***
8240 \f
8241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21710 25547 220569
8242 ;;;;;; 137000))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8244
8245 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8246 Run Emerge on two files.
8247
8248 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8251 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8252
8253 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8256 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8257
8258 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8261 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8262
8263 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8266
8267
8268 \(fn)" nil nil)
8269
8270 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8271
8272
8273 \(fn)" nil nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8276
8277
8278 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8279
8280 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8281
8282
8283 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8284
8285 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8286 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8287
8288 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8291 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8292
8293 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8296
8297
8298 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8299
8300 ;;;***
8301 \f
8302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21710 25547
8303 ;;;;;; 208569 191000))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8305
8306 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8307 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8308 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8309 text/enriched format.
8310
8311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8312 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8313 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8314
8315 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8316
8317 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8318 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8319
8320 Commands:
8321
8322 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8323
8324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8325
8326 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8327
8328
8329 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8330
8331 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8332
8333
8334 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8335
8336 ;;;***
8337 \f
8338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21710 25547 86569 735000))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8340
8341 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8342 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8343
8344 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8347 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8348
8349 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8350
8351 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8352 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8353 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8354 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8355 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8356 the keys are listed.
8357 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8358
8359 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8360
8361 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8362 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8363 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8364
8365 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8366
8367 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8368 Verify FILE.
8369
8370 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8371
8372 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8373 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8374
8375 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8376
8377 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8378 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8379
8380 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8383 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8384
8385 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8386 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8387 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8388 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8389
8390 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8391 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8392 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8393 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8394 should consider using the string based counterpart
8395 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8396 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8397
8398 For example:
8399
8400 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8401 (decode-coding-string
8402 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8403 'utf-8))
8404
8405 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8408 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8409
8410 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8411 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8412
8413 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8416 Verify the current region between START and END.
8417
8418 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8419 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8420 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8421 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8422 should consider using the string based counterpart
8423 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8424 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8425
8426 For example:
8427
8428 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8429 (decode-coding-string
8430 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8431 'utf-8))
8432
8433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8436 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8437 between START and END.
8438
8439 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8440 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8441
8442 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8445 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8446
8447 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8448 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8449 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8450 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8451 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8452 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8453
8454 For example:
8455
8456 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8457 (epg-sign-string
8458 context
8459 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8460
8461 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8462
8463 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8464 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8465
8466 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8467 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8468 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8469 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8470 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8471 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8472
8473 For example:
8474
8475 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8476 (epg-encrypt-string
8477 context
8478 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8479 nil))
8480
8481 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8482
8483 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8484 Delete selected KEYS.
8485
8486 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8487
8488 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8489 Import keys from FILE.
8490
8491 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8492
8493 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8494 Import keys from the region.
8495
8496 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8499 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8500 between START and END.
8501
8502 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8503
8504 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8505 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8506
8507 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8508
8509 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8510 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8511
8512 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8513
8514 ;;;***
8515 \f
8516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21710 25465 142935
8517 ;;;;;; 59000))
8518 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8521 Decrypt marked files.
8522
8523 \(fn)" t nil)
8524
8525 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8526 Verify marked files.
8527
8528 \(fn)" t nil)
8529
8530 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8531 Sign marked files.
8532
8533 \(fn)" t nil)
8534
8535 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8536 Encrypt marked files.
8537
8538 \(fn)" t nil)
8539
8540 ;;;***
8541 \f
8542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21710 25547 86569
8543 ;;;;;; 735000))
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8547
8548
8549 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8550
8551 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8552
8553
8554 \(fn)" t nil)
8555
8556 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8557
8558
8559 \(fn)" t nil)
8560
8561 ;;;***
8562 \f
8563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21710 25547 86569
8564 ;;;;;; 735000))
8565 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8566
8567 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8568 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8570 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8571 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8572
8573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8574
8575 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8576 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8577 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8578
8579 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8580
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8584 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8585 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8586
8587 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8588
8589 \(fn)" t nil)
8590
8591 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8592 Sign the current buffer.
8593 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8594
8595 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596
8597 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8598
8599 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8600 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8601 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8602 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8603 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8604 and also whether and how to sign.
8605
8606 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8607 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8608 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8609
8610 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8611
8612 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8613
8614 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8615 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8616 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8617
8618 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8619
8620 \(fn)" t nil)
8621
8622 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8623 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8624 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8627 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8628
8629 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8630
8631 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8632 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8634 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8635 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8636
8637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8638
8639 ;;;***
8640 \f
8641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21710 25547 87569 730000))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8643 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8644
8645 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8646 Return a context object.
8647
8648 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8649
8650 ;;;***
8651 \f
8652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21710 25465 142935
8653 ;;;;;; 59000))
8654 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8655
8656 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8657 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8658
8659 \(fn)" nil nil)
8660
8661 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8662 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8663
8664 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8665
8666 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8667 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8668
8669 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8670
8671 ;;;***
8672 \f
8673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21710 25465 149935 28000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8675
8676 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8677 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8678
8679 \(fn)" nil nil)
8680
8681 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8682 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8683 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8684
8685 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8686
8687 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8688 (server (erc-compute-server))
8689 (port (erc-compute-port))
8690 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8691 password
8692 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8693
8694 That is, if called with
8695
8696 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8697
8698 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8699 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8700 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8701
8702 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8703
8704 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8705
8706 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8707 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8708 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8709
8710 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8711
8712 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8713 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8714 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8715 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8716
8717 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8718
8719 ;;;***
8720 \f
8721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21710
8722 ;;;;;; 25465 145935 46000))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8724 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8725
8726 ;;;***
8727 \f
8728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21710 25465
8729 ;;;;;; 145935 46000))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8732
8733 ;;;***
8734 \f
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21710 25465
8736 ;;;;;; 145935 46000))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8738 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8739
8740 ;;;***
8741 \f
8742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21710 25465
8743 ;;;;;; 145935 46000))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8745 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21710 25547 87569
8750 ;;;;;; 730000))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8752 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8753
8754 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8755 Parser for /dcc command.
8756 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8757 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8758 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8759
8760 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8763 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8764
8765 \(fn)" nil nil)
8766
8767 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8768 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8769
8770 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8771 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8772 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8773 that subcommand.
8774
8775 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8776
8777 ;;;***
8778 \f
8779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8780 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 87569 730000))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8782 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8783
8784 ;;;***
8785 \f
8786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21710
8787 ;;;;;; 25465 146935 41000))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8789
8790 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8791 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8792
8793 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8794
8795 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8796 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8797 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8798 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8799
8800 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8801
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803
8804
8805 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8809
8810 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8814
8815 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8819
8820 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8823 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8824
8825 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8826
8827 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8829
8830 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8834
8835 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8836
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8838 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8839
8840 \(fn)" nil nil)
8841
8842 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8843 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8844
8845 \(fn)" nil nil)
8846
8847 ;;;***
8848 \f
8849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21710 25465 146935
8850 ;;;;;; 41000))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8852 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8853
8854 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8855 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8856 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8857
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8859
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21710 25465
8863 ;;;;;; 146935 41000))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8865 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8866
8867 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8868 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8869 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8870 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8871 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8872 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8873 system.
8874
8875 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8876
8877 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8878
8879
8880 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21710 25465
8885 ;;;;;; 146935 41000))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8887
8888 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8889
8890
8891 \(fn)" nil nil)
8892
8893 ;;;***
8894 \f
8895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21710 25465 146935
8896 ;;;;;; 41000))
8897 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8898 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21710 25465 146935
8903 ;;;;;; 41000))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8905 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8906
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21710 25465 146935
8910 ;;;;;; 41000))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8912 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8913
8914 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8915 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8916 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8917 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8918 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8919 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8920
8921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8922
8923 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8924 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8925 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8926 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8927
8928 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8929 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8930 automatically.
8931
8932 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8933 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8934
8935 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8936
8937 ;;;***
8938 \f
8939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21710 25465
8940 ;;;;;; 146935 41000))
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8942 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8943
8944 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8945 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8946
8947 \(fn)" t nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8950 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8951
8952 \(fn)" t nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8955 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8956
8957 \(fn)" t nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8960 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8961
8962 \(fn)" t nil)
8963
8964 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8965 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8966
8967 \(fn)" t nil)
8968
8969 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8970 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8971
8972 \(fn)" t nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8975 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8976
8977 \(fn)" t nil)
8978
8979 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8980 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8981
8982 \(fn)" t nil)
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21710 25465 146935
8987 ;;;;;; 41000))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8989 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21710
8994 ;;;;;; 25465 146935 41000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8999 Show who's gone.
9000
9001 \(fn)" nil nil)
9002
9003 ;;;***
9004 \f
9005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21710
9006 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9008
9009 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9010 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9011 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9012 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9013
9014 \(fn)" nil nil)
9015
9016 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9017 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9018
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21710 25465
9024 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9027
9028 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9029 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9030 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9031 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9032
9033 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9034
9035 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9036
9037
9038 \(fn)" nil nil)
9039
9040 ;;;***
9041 \f
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21710 25465 147935
9043 ;;;;;; 37000))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9045 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21710
9050 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21710 25465
9057 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9059 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9060
9061 ;;;***
9062 \f
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21710 25465 147935
9064 ;;;;;; 37000))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21710
9071 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9074
9075 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9076 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9077
9078 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9079
9080 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9081 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9082 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9083
9084 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9085
9086 ;;;***
9087 \f
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21710 25465
9089 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21710
9096 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9100 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9101 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9102
9103 \(fn)" t nil)
9104
9105 ;;;***
9106 \f
9107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21710
9108 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9110 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9111
9112 ;;;***
9113 \f
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21710 25465
9115 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21710 25465
9122 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9124
9125 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9126 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9127 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9128
9129 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9132 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9134 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9135 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9136
9137 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9138 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9139 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9140 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9141
9142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9143 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9144
9145 ;;;***
9146 \f
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21710
9148 ;;;;;; 25465 148935 32000))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9150 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9151
9152 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9153 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9154 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9155 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9156
9157 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9158
9159 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9160 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9161 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9162
9163 \(fn)" t nil)
9164
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21710 25465 148935
9168 ;;;;;; 32000))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9171
9172 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9173 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9174
9175 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9176
9177 ;;;***
9178 \f
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21710 25547 82569
9180 ;;;;;; 753000))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9182
9183 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9184 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9185
9186 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9187 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9188
9189 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9190 useful for assertions in BODY.
9191
9192 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9193
9194 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9195 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9196 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9197
9198 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9199
9200 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9201
9202 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9203
9204 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9205 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9206
9207 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9208 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9209 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9210 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9211
9212 Returns the stats object.
9213
9214 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9215
9216 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9217 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9218
9219 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9220 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9221 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9222 the tests).
9223
9224 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9225
9226 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9227 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9228
9229 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9230 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9231 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9232 and how to display message.
9233
9234 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9235
9236 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9237
9238 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9239 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9240
9241 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21710 25465
9246 ;;;;;; 132935 104000))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9248
9249 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9250
9251 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9252 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9253
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21710 25465
9259 ;;;;;; 151935 19000))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9261
9262 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9263 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9264
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9266
9267 ;;;***
9268 \f
9269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21710 25547 88569
9270 ;;;;;; 726000))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9272 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9273
9274 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9275 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9276 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9277 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9278 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9279 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9280 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9281 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9282 buffer selected (or created).
9283
9284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9285
9286 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9287 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9288 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9289
9290 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9291
9292 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9293 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9294 The result might be any Lisp object.
9295 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9296 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9297 corresponding to a successful execution.
9298
9299 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9300
9301 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21710 25547 179569
9306 ;;;;;; 320000))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9308
9309 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9310 File name of tags table.
9311 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9312 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9313 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9314 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9315 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9316
9317 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9318 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9319 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9320 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9321
9322 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9323
9324 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9325 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9326 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9327 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9328 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9329 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9330
9331 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9332
9333 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9334 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9335 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9336
9337 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9338
9339 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9340 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9341 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9342 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9343 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9344
9345 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9346
9347 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9348 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9349 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9350 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9351
9352 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9353
9354 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9355 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9356 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9357 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9358 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9359
9360 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9361
9362 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9363 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9364
9365 \(fn)" t nil)
9366
9367 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9368 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9369 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9370 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9371
9372 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9373 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9374 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9375 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9376 file the tag was in.
9377
9378 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9379
9380 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9381 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9382 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9383 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9384 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9385 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9386 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9387 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9388 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9389
9390 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9391
9392 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9393 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9394 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9395 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9396 without directory names.
9397
9398 \(fn)" nil nil)
9399 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9400 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9401 (progn
9402 (load "etags")
9403 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9404
9405 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9406 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9407 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9408 but does not select the buffer.
9409 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9410
9411 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9412 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9413 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9414 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9415 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9416
9417 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9418
9419 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9420 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9421 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9422
9423 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9424
9425 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9426
9427 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9428 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9429 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9430 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9431
9432 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9433 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9434 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9435 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9436 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9437
9438 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9439
9440 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9441 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9442 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9443
9444 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9445
9446 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9447 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9448
9449 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9450 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9451 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9452 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9453 around or before point.
9454
9455 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9456 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9457 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9458 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9459 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9460
9461 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9462
9463 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9464 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9465 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9466
9467 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9468
9469 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9470 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9471
9472 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9473 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9474 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9475 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9476 around or before point.
9477
9478 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9479 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9480 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9481 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9482 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9483
9484 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9485
9486 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9487 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9488 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9489
9490 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9491
9492 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9493 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9494
9495 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9496 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9497 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9498
9499 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9500 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9501 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9502 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9503 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9504
9505 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9506
9507 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9508 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9509 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9510
9511 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9512
9513 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9514 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9515 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9516
9517 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9518 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9519
9520 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9521 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9522 where they were found.
9523
9524 \(fn)" t nil)
9525
9526 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9527 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9528
9529 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9530 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9531 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9532
9533 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9534 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9535
9536 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9537 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9538
9539 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9540
9541 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9542 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9543 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9544 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9545
9546 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9547 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9548 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9549 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9550 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9551
9552 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9553 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9554
9555 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9556 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9557 Stops when a match is found.
9558 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9559
9560 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9561 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9562 restricted to these files.
9563
9564 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9565
9566 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9567
9568 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9569 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9570 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9571 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9572 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9573 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9574 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9575 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9576
9577 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9578 produce the list of files to search.
9579
9580 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9581
9582 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9583
9584 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9585 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9586 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9587 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9588 directory specification.
9589
9590 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9591
9592 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9593 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9594
9595 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9596
9597 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9598 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9599 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9600 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9601
9602 \(fn)" t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9605 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9606 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9607 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9608 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9609
9610 \(fn)" t nil)
9611
9612 ;;;***
9613 \f
9614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21710
9615 ;;;;;; 25465 206934 774000))
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9617
9618 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9619
9620
9621 \(fn)" nil nil)
9622
9623 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9624 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9625
9626 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9627 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9628
9629 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9630 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9631 primary language.
9632
9633 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9634 even if the buffer is read-only.
9635
9636 See also the descriptions of the variables
9637 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9638
9639 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9640
9641 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9642 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9643
9644 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9645 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9646
9647 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9648 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9649 primary language.
9650
9651 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9652 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9653
9654 See also the descriptions of the variables
9655 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9656
9657 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9661 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9662 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9663
9664 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9665
9666 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9667 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9668 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9669 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9670
9671 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9672 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9673 primary language.
9674
9675 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9676 buffer is read-only.
9677
9678 See also the descriptions of the variables
9679 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9680 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9681
9682 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9685 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9686
9687 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9688 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9689
9690 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9691 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9692 the primary language.
9693
9694 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9695 buffer is read-only.
9696
9697 See also the descriptions of the variables
9698 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9699 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9700
9701 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9702
9703 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9704 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9705 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9706
9707 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9710 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9711
9712 \(fn)" t nil)
9713
9714 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9715 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9716
9717 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9718 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9719 be 1, 2, or 3.
9720
9721 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9722 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9723 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9724
9725 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9726
9727 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9730 This function is deprecated.
9731
9732 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9735 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9736
9737 \(fn)" t nil)
9738
9739 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9740 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9741
9742 \(fn)" t nil)
9743
9744 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9745 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9746
9747 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9748 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9749
9750 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9751 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9752
9753 \(fn)" nil nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9756 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9757
9758 \(fn)" nil nil)
9759
9760 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9761 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9762
9763 \(fn)" nil nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9766 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9767
9768 \(fn)" nil nil)
9769
9770 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9771 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9772 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9773
9774 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9775
9776 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9777
9778
9779 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9780
9781 ;;;***
9782 \f
9783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21710 25547 142569 485000))
9784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9785
9786 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9787 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9788 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9789 server for future sessions.
9790
9791 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9794 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9795 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9796
9797 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9798
9799 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9800 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9801 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9802
9803 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9804
9805 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9806 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9807 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9808 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9809 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9810 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9811 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9812 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9813 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9814 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9815 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9816 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9817
9818 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9821 Display a form to query the directory server.
9822 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9823 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9824
9825 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9826
9827 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9828 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9829 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9830
9831 \(fn)" t nil)
9832
9833 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9834
9835 ;;;***
9836 \f
9837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21710 25547 142569
9838 ;;;;;; 485000))
9839 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9840
9841 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9842 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9843
9844 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9845
9846 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9847 Display URL and make it clickable.
9848
9849 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9850
9851 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9852 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9853
9854 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9855
9856 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9857 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9858
9859 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9860
9861 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9862 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9863
9864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9867 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9868
9869 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9870
9871 ;;;***
9872 \f
9873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21710 25547
9874 ;;;;;; 142569 485000))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9876
9877 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9878 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9879 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9880
9881 \(fn)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9884 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9885
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9887
9888 ;;;***
9889 \f
9890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21710
9891 ;;;;;; 25547 142569 485000))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9893
9894 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9895 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9896
9897 \(fn)" t nil)
9898
9899 ;;;***
9900 \f
9901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21710 25465 133935
9902 ;;;;;; 99000))
9903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9904
9905 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9906 Create an empty ewoc.
9907
9908 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9909
9910 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9911 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9912 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9913 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9914 `insert-before-markers'.
9915
9916 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9917 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9918 respectively, of the ewoc.
9919
9920 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9921 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9922 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9923
9924 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9925
9926 ;;;***
9927 \f
9928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21710 25547 143569 481000))
9929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9930
9931 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9932 Fetch URL and render the page.
9933 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9934 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9935
9936 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9937 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9938
9939 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9940 Render a file using EWW.
9941
9942 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9943
9944 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9945
9946
9947 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9948
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21710
9952 ;;;;;; 25465 313934 297000))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9954
9955 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9956 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9957 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9958
9959 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9960
9961 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9962 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9963 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9964 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9965 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9966
9967 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9968
9969 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9970 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9971 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9972 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9973 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9974 executable.
9975
9976 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9977
9978 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9979 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9980 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9981
9982 \(fn)" t nil)
9983
9984 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9985 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9986 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9987 file modes.
9988
9989 \(fn)" nil nil)
9990
9991 ;;;***
9992 \f
9993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21710 25465 152935 14000))
9994 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9995
9996 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9997 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9998 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9999 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10000
10001 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10002
10003 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10004 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10005 to generate such functions.
10006
10007 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10008 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10009 beginning of the expanded text.
10010
10011 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10012 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10013 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10014 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10015
10016 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10017
10018 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10019
10020 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10021 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10022 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10023
10024 \(fn)" nil nil)
10025
10026 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10027 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10028 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10029
10030 \(fn)" t nil)
10031
10032 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10033 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10034 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10035
10036 \(fn)" t nil)
10037 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10038 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10039
10040 ;;;***
10041 \f
10042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21710 25547 179569
10043 ;;;;;; 320000))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10045
10046 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10047 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10048 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10049
10050 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10051 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10052 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10053
10054 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10055
10056 Key definitions:
10057 \\{f90-mode-map}
10058
10059 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10060
10061 `f90-do-indent'
10062 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10063 `f90-if-indent'
10064 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10065 `f90-type-indent'
10066 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10067 `f90-program-indent'
10068 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10069 (default 2).
10070 `f90-associate-indent'
10071 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10072 `f90-critical-indent'
10073 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10074 `f90-continuation-indent'
10075 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10076 `f90-comment-region'
10077 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10078 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10079 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10080 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10081 (default \"!\").
10082 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10083 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10084 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10085 `f90-break-delimiters'
10086 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10087 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10088 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10089 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10090 (default t).
10091 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10092 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10093 `f90-smart-end'
10094 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10095 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10096 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10097 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10098 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10099 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10100 `f90-leave-line-no'
10101 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10102
10103 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10104 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10105
10106 \(fn)" t nil)
10107
10108 ;;;***
10109 \f
10110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21710 25465 152935
10111 ;;;;;; 14000))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10113
10114 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10115 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10116 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10117 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10118
10119 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10120 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10121 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10122 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10123 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10124
10125 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10126 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10127 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10128 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10129 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10130 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10131 attributes.
10132
10133 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10134 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10135
10136 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10137
10138 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10139 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10140 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10141 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10142
10143 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10144
10145 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10146 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10147 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10148 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10149
10150 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10151 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10152 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10153
10154 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10155 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10156 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10157 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10158
10159 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10160
10161 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10162 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10163 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10164
10165 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10166 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10167 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10168 the same amount).
10169
10170 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10171
10172 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10173 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10174 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10175
10176 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10177 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10178 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10179 will remove any scaling currently active.
10180
10181 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10182
10183 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10184 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10185 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10186
10187 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10188 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10189 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10190 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10191 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10192
10193 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10194 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10195
10196 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10197
10198 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10199 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10200
10201 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10202 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10203 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10204
10205 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10206 the face height as long as the input event read
10207 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10208
10209 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10210 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10211 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10212 will remove any scaling currently active.
10213
10214 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10215 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10216 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10217 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10218 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10219
10220 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10221
10222 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10223 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10225 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10226 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10227 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10228
10229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10230
10231 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10232 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10233 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10234 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10235 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10236 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10237 `buffer-face-mode'.
10238
10239 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10240 local, and sets it to FACE.
10241
10242 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10243
10244 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10245 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10246 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10247 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10248 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10249 `face' text property.
10250
10251 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10252 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10253 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10254 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10255
10256 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10257 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10258
10259 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10260
10261 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10262 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10263 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10264 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10265
10266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10267
10268 ;;;***
10269 \f
10270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21710 25465
10271 ;;;;;; 225934 689000))
10272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10273 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10274
10275 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10276 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10277 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10278 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10279
10280 \(fn)" nil nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10283 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10284
10285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10286
10287 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10288 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10289 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10290 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10291
10292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10293
10294 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10295 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10296 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10297 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10298 backup file names and the like).
10299
10300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10301
10302 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10303 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10304 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10305 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10306 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10307 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10308 internally by feedmail):
10309
10310 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10311 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10312 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10313 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10314
10315 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10316 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10317 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10318 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10319 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10320
10321 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10322
10323 ;;;***
10324 \f
10325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21710 25547 89569 721000))
10326 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10327
10328 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10329 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10330 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10331 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10332 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10333 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10334 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10335
10336 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10337
10338 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10339 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10340 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10341 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10342 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10343 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10344 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10345
10346 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10347
10348 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10349
10350 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10351 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10352 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10353 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10354 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10355 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10356
10357 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10358
10359 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10360 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10361 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10362 Return value:
10363 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10364 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10365 * otherwise, nil
10366
10367 \(fn E)" t nil)
10368
10369 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10370 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10371 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10372
10373 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10376 Try to get a file name at point.
10377 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10378
10379 \(fn)" nil nil)
10380
10381 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10382 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10383
10384 \(fn)" t nil)
10385
10386 ;;;***
10387 \f
10388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21710 25465 153935
10389 ;;;;;; 10000))
10390 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10391
10392 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10393 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10394 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10395 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10396
10397 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10398
10399 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10400 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10401 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10402 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10403 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10404 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10405
10406 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10409 Add FILE to the file cache.
10410
10411 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10414 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10415 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10416
10417 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10420 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10421 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10422
10423 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10426 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10427 This function does not use any external programs.
10428 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10429 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10430 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10431
10432 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10433
10434 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10435 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10436 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10437 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10438 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10439 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10440 \(directories) is done.
10441
10442 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10443
10444 ;;;***
10445 \f
10446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21710 25465 153935
10447 ;;;;;; 10000))
10448 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10449
10450 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10451 Handle file system monitoring event.
10452 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10453
10454 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10455
10456 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10457
10458 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10459
10460 ;;;***
10461 \f
10462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21710 25465 153935
10463 ;;;;;; 10000))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10465
10466 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10467 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10468
10469 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10470 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10471 Local Variables list.
10472
10473 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10474 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10475 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10476
10477 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10478
10479 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10480 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10481
10482 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10485 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10486
10487 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10488 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10489 the -*- line.
10490
10491 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10492 then this function adds it.
10493
10494 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10495
10496 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10497 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10498
10499 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10500
10501 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10502 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10503
10504 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10505
10506 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10507 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10508
10509 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10510
10511 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10512 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10513
10514 \(fn)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10517 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10518
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10520
10521 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10522 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10523
10524 \(fn)" t nil)
10525
10526 ;;;***
10527 \f
10528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21710 25465 155935
10529 ;;;;;; 1000))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10531
10532 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10533 Filesets initialization.
10534 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10535
10536 \(fn)" nil nil)
10537
10538 ;;;***
10539 \f
10540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21710 25547 90569
10541 ;;;;;; 717000))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10543 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10544
10545 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10546 Initiate the building of a find command.
10547 For example:
10548
10549 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10550 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10551 (mtime \"+1\"))
10552 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10553
10554 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10555 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10556
10557 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10558
10559 ;;;***
10560 \f
10561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21710 25465 155935
10562 ;;;;;; 1000))
10563 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10564
10565 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10566 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10567 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10568
10569 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10570
10571 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10572 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10573
10574 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10575
10576 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10577 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10578 and run Dired on those files.
10579 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10580 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10581
10582 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10583
10584 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10585
10586 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10589 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10590 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10591
10592 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10593 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10594
10595 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10596 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10597
10598 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10599
10600 ;;;***
10601 \f
10602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21710 25465 156934
10603 ;;;;;; 997000))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10605
10606 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10607 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10608 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10609 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10610 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10611 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10612 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10613
10614 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10615
10616 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10617 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10618 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10619
10620 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10621
10622 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10623
10624 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10625
10626 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10627 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10628 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10629
10630 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10631 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10632
10633 Variables of interest include:
10634
10635 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10636 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10637 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10638
10639 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10640 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10641 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10642
10643 - `ff-ignore-include'
10644 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10645
10646 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10647 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10648
10649 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10650 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10651
10652 - `ff-special-constructs'
10653 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10654 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10655 extracting the filename from that construct.
10656
10657 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10658 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10659
10660 - `ff-search-directories'
10661 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10662 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10663
10664 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10665 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10666
10667 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10668 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10669
10670 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10671 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10672
10673 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10674 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10675
10676 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10677 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10678
10679 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10682 Visit the file you click on.
10683
10684 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10685
10686 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10687 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10688
10689 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10690
10691 ;;;***
10692 \f
10693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21710
10694 ;;;;;; 25547 82569 753000))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10696
10697 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10698 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10699 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10700
10701 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10702
10703 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10704 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10705 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10706 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10707
10708 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10709 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10710 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10711 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10712
10713 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10714
10715 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10716 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10717
10718 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10719 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10720 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10721 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10722
10723 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10724 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10725 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10726
10727 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10728 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10729 in `load-path'.
10730
10731 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10732
10733 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10734 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10735
10736 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10737 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10738 places point before the definition.
10739 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10740
10741 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10742 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10743 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10744
10745 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10746
10747 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10748 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10749
10750 See `find-function' for more details.
10751
10752 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10753
10754 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10755 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10756
10757 See `find-function' for more details.
10758
10759 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10760
10761 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10762 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10763
10764 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10765 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10766 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10767
10768 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10769 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10770
10771 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10772
10773 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10774 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10775
10776 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10777 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10778 places point before the definition.
10779
10780 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10781
10782 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10783 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10784 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10785
10786 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10787
10788 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10789 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10790
10791 See `find-variable' for more details.
10792
10793 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10794
10795 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10796 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10797
10798 See `find-variable' for more details.
10799
10800 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10801
10802 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10803 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10804 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10805 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10806 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10807 buffer nor display it.
10808
10809 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10810 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10811
10812 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10813
10814 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10815 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10816
10817 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10818 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10819 places point before the definition.
10820
10821 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10822
10823 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10824 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10825 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10826
10827 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10828
10829 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10830 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10831 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10832
10833 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10836 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10837
10838 \(fn)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10841 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10842
10843 \(fn)" t nil)
10844
10845 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10846 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10847
10848 \(fn)" nil nil)
10849
10850 ;;;***
10851 \f
10852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21710 25465 156934
10853 ;;;;;; 997000))
10854 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10855
10856 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10857 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10858
10859 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10860
10861 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10862 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10863
10864 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10867 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10868
10869 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10870
10871 ;;;***
10872 \f
10873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21710 25465 156934 997000))
10874 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10875 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10876
10877 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10878 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10879
10880 \(fn)" t nil)
10881
10882 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10883 Display FILE's commentary section.
10884 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10885
10886 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10887
10888 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10889 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10890
10891 \(fn)" t nil)
10892
10893 ;;;***
10894 \f
10895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21710 25465 156934
10896 ;;;;;; 997000))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10898
10899 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10900 Toggle flow control handling.
10901 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10902 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10903
10904 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10905
10906 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10907 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10908 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10909 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10910 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10911 to get the effect of a C-q.
10912
10913 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10914
10915 ;;;***
10916 \f
10917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21710 25465
10918 ;;;;;; 166934 952000))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10920
10921 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10922
10923
10924 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10927
10928
10929 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10930
10931 ;;;***
10932 \f
10933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21710 25465
10934 ;;;;;; 314934 292000))
10935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10936 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10937
10938 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10939 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10942 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10943 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10944
10945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10946
10947 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10948 Turn flymake mode on.
10949
10950 \(fn)" nil nil)
10951
10952 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10953 Turn flymake mode off.
10954
10955 \(fn)" nil nil)
10956
10957 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10958
10959
10960 \(fn)" nil nil)
10961
10962 ;;;***
10963 \f
10964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21710 25465
10965 ;;;;;; 350934 132000))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10967
10968 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10969 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10970
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10972 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10973
10974 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10975 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10977 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10978 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10979
10980 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10981 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10982 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10983
10984 Bindings:
10985 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10986 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10987 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10988 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10989
10990 Hooks:
10991 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10992
10993 Remark:
10994 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10995 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10996 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10997
10998 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10999 consider adding:
11000 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11001 in your init file.
11002
11003 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11004 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11005
11006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11007
11008 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11009 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11010
11011 \(fn)" nil nil)
11012
11013 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11014 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11015
11016 \(fn)" nil nil)
11017
11018 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11019 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11020
11021 \(fn)" nil nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11024 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11025
11026 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11027
11028 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11029 Flyspell whole buffer.
11030
11031 \(fn)" t nil)
11032
11033 ;;;***
11034 \f
11035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21710 25465 156934
11036 ;;;;;; 997000))
11037 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11038 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11039
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21710 25465 156934 997000))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11044
11045 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11046 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11047
11048 \(fn)" nil nil)
11049
11050 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11051 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11052
11053 \(fn)" nil nil)
11054
11055 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11056 Toggle Follow mode.
11057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11058 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11059 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11060
11061 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11062 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11063
11064 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11065 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11066 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11067
11068 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11069 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11070 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11071 movement commands.
11072
11073 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11074 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11075 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11076 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11077 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11078 mileage may vary).
11079
11080 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11081 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11082
11083 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11084
11085 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11086
11087 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11088 \\{follow-mode-map}
11089
11090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11091
11092 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11093 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11094
11095 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11096 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11097 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11098 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11099 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11100 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11101
11102 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11103 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11104 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11105
11106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11107
11108 ;;;***
11109 \f
11110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21710 25465
11111 ;;;;;; 225934 689000))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11113 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11114
11115 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11116 Toggle Footnote mode.
11117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11120
11121 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11122 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11123 play around with the following keys:
11124 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11125
11126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11127
11128 ;;;***
11129 \f
11130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21710 25465 158934 988000))
11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11132
11133 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11134 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11135
11136 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11137 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11138 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11139 C-c < forms-first-record <
11140 C-c > forms-last-record >
11141 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11142 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11143 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11144 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11145 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11146 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11147 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11148 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11149 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11150 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11151
11152 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11153
11154 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11155 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11156
11157 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11158
11159 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11160 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11161
11162 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11163
11164 ;;;***
11165 \f
11166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21710 25465
11167 ;;;;;; 315934 288000))
11168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11169
11170 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11171 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11172 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11173
11174 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11175 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11176
11177 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11178
11179 Key definitions:
11180 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11181
11182 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11183
11184 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11185 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11186 `fortran-do-indent'
11187 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11188 `fortran-if-indent'
11189 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11190 `fortran-structure-indent'
11191 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11192 (default 3)
11193 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11194 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11195 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11196 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11197 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11198 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11199 nil don't change the indentation
11200 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11201 value of either
11202 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11203 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11204 depending on the continuation format in use.
11205 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11206 indentation for a line of code.
11207 (default 'fixed)
11208 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11209 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11210 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11211 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11212 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11213 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11214 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11215 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11216 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11217 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11218 column 5.
11219 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11220 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11221 statements (default nil).
11222 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11223 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11224 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11225 `fortran-continuation-string'
11226 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11227 line (default \"$\").
11228 `fortran-comment-region'
11229 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11230 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11231 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11232 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11233 as typed (default t).
11234 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11235 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11236
11237 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11238 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11239
11240 \(fn)" t nil)
11241
11242 ;;;***
11243 \f
11244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21710 25465 295934
11245 ;;;;;; 377000))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11247
11248 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11249 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11250
11251 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11252 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11253
11254 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11257 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11258
11259 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11260 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11261
11262 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11263
11264 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11265 Compile fortune file.
11266
11267 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11268 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11269
11270 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11271
11272 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11273 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11274
11275 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11276 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11277 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11278 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11279
11280 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11283 Display a fortune cookie.
11284 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11285 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11286 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11287 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11288
11289 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11290
11291 ;;;***
11292 \f
11293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21710 25547 92569
11294 ;;;;;; 708000))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11296
11297 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11298 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11299 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11300
11301 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11302 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11303 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11304
11305 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11306 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11307
11308 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11309 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11310
11311 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11312 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11313 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11314 intend to modify existing values, do
11315
11316 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11317
11318 before changing anything.
11319
11320 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11321 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11322
11323 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11324 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11325 to restore the frame.
11326
11327 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11328 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11329 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11330
11331 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11332 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11333 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11334 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11335 FILTER A filter function.
11336
11337 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11338 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11339
11340 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11341
11342 where
11343
11344 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11345 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11346 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11347 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11348 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11349 before restoring it.
11350 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11351
11352 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11353 It must return:
11354 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11355 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11356 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11357
11358 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11359 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11360
11361 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11362 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11363 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11364 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11365 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11366 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11367 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11368
11369 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11370
11371 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11372 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11373
11374 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11375
11376 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11377 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11378 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11379 If nil, check all live frames.
11380
11381 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11382
11383 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11384 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11385 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11386 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11387 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11388 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11389 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11390 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11391 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11392 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11393 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11394
11395 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11396
11397 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11398 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11399
11400 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11401 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11402 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11403 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11404 and window-state is not restored.
11405
11406 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11407 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11408
11409 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11410 t All existing frames can be reused.
11411 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11412 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11413 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11414 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11415
11416 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11417 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11418 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11419 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11420 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11421 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11422 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11423 be created from that parameter alist.
11424
11425 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11426 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11427 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11428 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11429 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11430 - the live frame just restored,
11431 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11432 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11433 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11434
11435 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11436 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11437 nil Keep all frames.
11438 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11439 - FRAME, a live frame.
11440 - ACTION, which can be one of
11441 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11442 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11443 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11444 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11445 Return value is ignored.
11446
11447 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11448 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11449 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11450 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11451 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11452
11453 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11454
11455 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11456
11457 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11458 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11459 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11460
11461 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11462
11463 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11464 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11465 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11466 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11467
11468 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11469
11470 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11471
11472 ;;;***
11473 \f
11474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21710 25547
11475 ;;;;;; 166569 378000))
11476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11477 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11478
11479 ;;;***
11480 \f
11481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21710 25465
11482 ;;;;;; 315934 288000))
11483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11484
11485 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11486 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11487 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11488
11489 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11490
11491 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11492 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11493 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11494 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11495 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11496 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11497 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11498
11499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11500
11501 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11502 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11503 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11504 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11505
11506 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11507 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11508 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11509 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11510 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11511
11512 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11513 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11514 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11515 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11516
11517 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11518 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11519 shown in some of the buffers.
11520
11521 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11522
11523 The following commands help control operation :
11524
11525 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11526 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11527
11528 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11529 detailed description of this mode.
11530
11531
11532 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11533 | GDB Toolbar |
11534 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11535 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11540 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11541 | | (comint-mode) |
11542 | | |
11543 | | |
11544 | | |
11545 | | |
11546 | | |
11547 | | |
11548 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11549 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11550 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11551 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11552 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11553 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11554
11555 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11556
11557 ;;;***
11558 \f
11559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21710 25465
11560 ;;;;;; 133935 99000))
11561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11562
11563 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11564 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11565 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11566 instead (which see).")
11567
11568 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11569 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11570
11571 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11572 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11573 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11574 documentation string instead.
11575
11576 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11577 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11578 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11579 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11580 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11581 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11582 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11583 enders are actually possible.
11584
11585 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11586 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11587
11588 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11589 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11590 `font-lock-keywords'.
11591
11592 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11593 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11594 runs the macro expansion.
11595
11596 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11597 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11598 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11599
11600 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11601
11602 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11603
11604 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11605
11606 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11607
11608 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11609 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11610
11611 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11612
11613 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11614 Enter generic mode MODE.
11615
11616 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11617 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11618 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11619
11620 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11621 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11622
11623 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11624
11625 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11626 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11627 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11628 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11629 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11630 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11631 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11632 `font-lock-keywords'.
11633
11634 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11635
11636 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11637
11638 ;;;***
11639 \f
11640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21710 25465
11641 ;;;;;; 315934 288000))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11643
11644 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11645 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11646 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11647 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11648 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11649 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11650
11651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11652
11653 ;;;***
11654 \f
11655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21710 25547
11656 ;;;;;; 99569 677000))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11658
11659 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11660 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11661 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11662
11663 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11664
11665 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11666 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11667
11668 Guideline for numbers:
11669 1 - error messages
11670 3 - non-serious error messages
11671 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11672 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11673 9 - messages inside loops.
11674
11675 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11676
11677 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11678 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11679 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11680
11681 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11682
11683 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11684 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11685
11686 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11687
11688 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11689 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11690
11691 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11692 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11693 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11694 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11695 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11696 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11697
11698 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11699 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11700 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11701 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11702 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11703
11704 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11705
11706 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11707
11708 ;;;***
11709 \f
11710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21710 25547 110569 628000))
11711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11712 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11713 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11714 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11715
11716 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11717 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11718
11719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11720
11721 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11722 Read network news.
11723 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11724 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11725 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11726 name of an NNTP server to use.
11727 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11728 server.
11729
11730 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11731
11732 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11733 Read news as a slave.
11734
11735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11736
11737 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11738 Pop up a frame to read news.
11739 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11740 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11741 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11742 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11743 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11744 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11745 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11746 current display is used.
11747
11748 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11751 Read network news.
11752 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11753 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11754 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11755
11756 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11757
11758 ;;;***
11759 \f
11760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21710 25465
11761 ;;;;;; 167934 948000))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Start Gnus unplugged.
11766
11767 \(fn)" t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11770 Start Gnus plugged.
11771
11772 \(fn)" t nil)
11773
11774 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11775 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11776
11777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11780 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11781
11782 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11783 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11784 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11785
11786 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11787 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11788 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11789
11790 \(fn)" t nil)
11791
11792 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11793 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11794
11795 \(fn)" nil nil)
11796
11797 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11798 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11799 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11800 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11801 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11802 supported.
11803
11804 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11808 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11809 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11810 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11811 supported.
11812
11813 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11814
11815 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11816 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11817
11818 \(fn)" nil nil)
11819
11820 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11821 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11822 downloaded into the agent.
11823
11824 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11825
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11828 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11829 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11830
11831 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11835
11836 \(fn)" t nil)
11837
11838 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11839 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11840
11841 \(fn)" t nil)
11842
11843 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11844 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11845 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11846
11847 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11848
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21710 25547
11852 ;;;;;; 100569 672000))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11856 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11857
11858 \(fn)" nil nil)
11859
11860 ;;;***
11861 \f
11862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21710
11863 ;;;;;; 25547 101569 668000))
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11867 Set a bookmark for this article.
11868
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11872 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11873
11874 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11877 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11878 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11879 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11880 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11881
11882 \(fn)" t nil)
11883
11884 ;;;***
11885 \f
11886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21710 25547
11887 ;;;;;; 101569 668000))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11891 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11892
11893 Usage:
11894 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11895
11896 \(fn)" t nil)
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11899 Generate the cache active file.
11900
11901 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11902
11903 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11904 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11905
11906 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11909 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11910 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11911 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11912 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11913 supported.
11914
11915 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11916
11917 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11918 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11919 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11920 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11921 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11922 supported.
11923
11924 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11925
11926 ;;;***
11927 \f
11928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21710 25547
11929 ;;;;;; 102569 663000))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11933 Delay this article by some time.
11934 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11935
11936 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11937 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11938
11939 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11940 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11941
11942 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11943 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11944
11945 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11948 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11949
11950 \(fn)" t nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11953 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11954 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11955 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11956
11957 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11958 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11959
11960 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11961
11962 ;;;***
11963 \f
11964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21710 25465
11965 ;;;;;; 170934 934000))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11969
11970
11971 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11972
11973 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11974
11975
11976 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11977
11978 ;;;***
11979 \f
11980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21710 25465
11981 ;;;;;; 170934 934000))
11982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11983
11984 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11985 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11986
11987 \(fn)" t nil)
11988
11989 ;;;***
11990 \f
11991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21710 25465
11992 ;;;;;; 170934 934000))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11994
11995 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11996 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11997
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
11999
12000 ;;;***
12001 \f
12002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21710 25547
12003 ;;;;;; 102569 663000))
12004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12007 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12008
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12012 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12013
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12017 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12018
12019 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12020 different input formats.
12021
12022 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12025 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12026
12027 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12028 different input formats.
12029
12030 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12031
12032 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12033 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12034 The PNG is returned as a string.
12035
12036 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12037
12038 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12039 Convert FILE to a Face.
12040 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12041 726 bytes.
12042
12043 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12044
12045 ;;;***
12046 \f
12047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21710
12048 ;;;;;; 25465 171934 930000))
12049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12050
12051 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12052 Display gravatar in the From header.
12053 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12054
12055 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12056
12057 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12058 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12059 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12060
12061 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12062
12063 ;;;***
12064 \f
12065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21710 25547
12066 ;;;;;; 102569 663000))
12067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12068
12069 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12070 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12071 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12072 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12073
12074 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12077 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12078
12079 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12080
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21710 25547
12084 ;;;;;; 103569 659000))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12086
12087 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12088
12089
12090 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12091
12092 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12093
12094
12095 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12096
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21710 25465
12100 ;;;;;; 172934 925000))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12102
12103 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12104
12105 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12106 Run batched scoring.
12107 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12108
12109 \(fn)" t nil)
12110
12111 ;;;***
12112 \f
12113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21710 25465 172934
12114 ;;;;;; 925000))
12115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12116
12117 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12118
12119
12120 \(fn)" nil nil)
12121
12122 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12123 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12124 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12125
12126 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12127
12128 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12129 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12130
12131 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12132
12133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12134
12135 ;;;***
12136 \f
12137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21710 25547
12138 ;;;;;; 103569 659000))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12142 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12143 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12144 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12145 group parameters.
12146
12147 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12148 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12149 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12150 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12151
12152 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12153 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12154 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12155 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12156 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12157 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12158 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12159 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12160 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12161 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12162
12163 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12164
12165 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12166 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12167 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12168 nil CATCH-ALL).
12169
12170 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12171 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12172
12173 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12176 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12177 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12178
12179 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12180
12181 \(fn)" nil nil)
12182
12183 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12184 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12185 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12186
12187 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12188
12189 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12190 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12191 existing groups are considered.
12192
12193 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12194 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12195 returned.
12196
12197 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12198 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12199 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12200 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12201 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12202 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12203 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12204 clauses will be generated.
12205
12206 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12207 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12208 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12209 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12210 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12211 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12212
12213 For example, given the following group parameters:
12214
12215 nnml:mail.bar:
12216 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12217 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12218 nnml:mail.foo:
12219 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12220 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12221 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12222 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12223 nnml:mail.others:
12224 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12225
12226 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12227
12228 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12229 \"mail.bar\")
12230 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12231 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12232 \"mail.others\")
12233
12234 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12235
12236 ;;;***
12237 \f
12238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21710 25547
12239 ;;;;;; 103569 659000))
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12241
12242 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12243 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12244 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12245 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12246 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12247 instead.
12248
12249 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12252 Mail to ADDRESS.
12253
12254 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12255
12256 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12257 Like `message-reply'.
12258
12259 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12260
12261 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12262
12263 ;;;***
12264 \f
12265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12266 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 103569 659000))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12268
12269 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12270 Send a notification on new message.
12271 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12272 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12273 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12274
12275 This is typically a function to add in
12276 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12277
12278 \(fn)" nil nil)
12279
12280 ;;;***
12281 \f
12282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21710 25547
12283 ;;;;;; 104569 654000))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12285
12286 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12287 Display picons in the From header.
12288 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12289
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12291
12292 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12293 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12294 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12295
12296 \(fn)" t nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12299 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12300 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12301
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12303
12304 ;;;***
12305 \f
12306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21710 25465
12307 ;;;;;; 173934 921000))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12309
12310 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12311 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12312 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12313 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12314
12315 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12316
12317 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12318 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12319 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12320 LIST1 is modified.
12321
12322 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12325 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12326 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12327
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12331
12332
12333 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12334
12335 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12336 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12337 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12338
12339 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12340
12341 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12342 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12343 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12344
12345 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12346
12347 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12348
12349 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12350 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12351 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12352
12353 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354
12355 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12356 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12357 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12358
12359 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12360
12361 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12362 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12363 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12364
12365 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12366
12367 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12368 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12369
12370 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12371
12372 ;;;***
12373 \f
12374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21710
12375 ;;;;;; 25547 104569 654000))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12377
12378 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12379 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12380
12381 \(fn)" t nil)
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12384 Install the registry hooks.
12385
12386 \(fn)" t nil)
12387
12388 ;;;***
12389 \f
12390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21710 25465
12391 ;;;;;; 174934 916000))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12393
12394 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12395 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12396 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12397 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12398 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12399 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12400
12401 \(fn)" t nil)
12402
12403 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12404 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12405 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12406 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12407 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12408
12409 \(fn)" t nil)
12410
12411 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12412
12413
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12415
12416 ;;;***
12417 \f
12418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21710 25547
12419 ;;;;;; 104569 654000))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12421
12422 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12423 Update the format specification near point.
12424
12425 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21710 25547
12430 ;;;;;; 106569 646000))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12434 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12435
12436 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21710 25547
12441 ;;;;;; 109569 632000))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12443
12444 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12445 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12446 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12447
12448 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12449
12450 ;;;***
12451 \f
12452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21710 25465
12453 ;;;;;; 179934 894000))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12455
12456 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12457 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12458
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12460
12461 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12462 Install the sync hooks.
12463
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12465
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21710 25465
12469 ;;;;;; 180934 890000))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12471
12472 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12473 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12474
12475 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12476
12477 ;;;***
12478 \f
12479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21710 25547 143569
12480 ;;;;;; 481000))
12481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12482
12483 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12484 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12485 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12486 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12487 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12488 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12489
12490 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12491
12492 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12493
12494 ;;;***
12495 \f
12496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21710 25465 296934
12497 ;;;;;; 372000))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12499
12500 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12501 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12502
12503 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12504 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12505 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12506
12507 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12508 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12509 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12510
12511 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12512 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12513
12514 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12515 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12516
12517 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12518
12519 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12520
12521 ;;;***
12522 \f
12523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21710 25465
12524 ;;;;;; 243934 609000))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12526
12527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12528
12529 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12530 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12531 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12532 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12533 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12534
12535 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12536
12537 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12538 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12539 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12540 or to send e-mail.
12541 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12542 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12543
12544 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12545 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12546
12547 \(fn)" t nil)
12548 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12549
12550 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12551 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12553 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12554 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12555
12556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12557
12558 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12559 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12560
12561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12562
12563 ;;;***
12564 \f
12565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21710 25547
12566 ;;;;;; 110569 628000))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12568
12569 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12570 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12571 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12572
12573 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12574
12575 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12576 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12577
12578 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12579
12580 ;;;***
12581 \f
12582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21710 25547 180569
12583 ;;;;;; 316000))
12584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12585
12586 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12587 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12588
12589 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12590
12591 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12592 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12593 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12594 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12595 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12596
12597 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12598 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12599 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12600
12601 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12602
12603 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12604 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12605 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12606 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12607 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12608
12609 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12610
12611 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12612 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12613
12614 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12615
12616 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12617 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12618
12619 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12620 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12621 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12622
12623 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12624 The default find program.
12625 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12626 and others.")
12627
12628 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12629 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12630 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12631 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12632
12633 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12634 How to invoke find and grep.
12635 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12636 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12637 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12638 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12639
12640 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12641
12642 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12643 History list for grep.")
12644
12645 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12646 History list for grep-find.")
12647
12648 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12649 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12650 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12651
12652 \(fn)" nil nil)
12653
12654 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12655
12656
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12658
12659 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12660 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12661
12662 \(fn)" nil nil)
12663
12664 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12665 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12666 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12667 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12668 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12669
12670 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12671 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12672
12673 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12674 can easily repeat a grep command.
12675
12676 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12677 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12678 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12679 list is empty).
12680
12681 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12682
12683 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12684 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12685 Collect output in a buffer.
12686 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12687 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12688
12689 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12690 easily repeat a find command.
12691
12692 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12693
12694 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12695
12696 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12697 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12698 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12699 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12700 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12701
12702 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12703 before it is executed.
12704 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12705
12706 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12707 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12708 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12709
12710 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12711
12712 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12713
12714 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12715 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12716 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12717 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12718 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12719
12720 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12721 before it is executed.
12722 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12723
12724 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12725 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12726 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12727 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12728
12729 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12730
12731 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12732 to specify a command to run.
12733
12734 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12735
12736 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12737 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12738 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12739 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12740
12741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12742
12743 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12744
12745 ;;;***
12746 \f
12747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21710 25465 192934 836000))
12748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12749
12750 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12751 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12752 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12753 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12754 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12755
12756 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12757
12758 ;;;***
12759 \f
12760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21710 25547 180569
12761 ;;;;;; 316000))
12762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12763
12764 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12765 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12766 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12767 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12768
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12772 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12775
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12779 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12780 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12781 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782
12783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784
12785 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12786 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12787 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12788 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12789
12790 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12791 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12792
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12794
12795 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12796 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12797 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12798 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12799
12800 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12801
12802 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12803 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12804 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12805 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12806
12807 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12808
12809 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12810 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12811 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12812 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12813 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12814
12815 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12816 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12817 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12818 original source file access method.
12819
12820 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12821 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12822
12823 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12824
12825 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12826 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12827
12828 \(fn)" t nil)
12829
12830 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12831 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12832 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12835 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12836
12837 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12838
12839 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12840 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12843 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12844
12845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12846
12847 ;;;***
12848 \f
12849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21710 25547 83569
12850 ;;;;;; 748000))
12851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12852
12853 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12854 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12855 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12856 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12857 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12858 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12859 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12860 set it to.
12861 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12862
12863 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12864
12865 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12866 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12867 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12868 of PLACE.
12869 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12870 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12871 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12872 and SETTER.
12873 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12874 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12875
12876 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12877
12878 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12879
12880 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12881 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12882 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12883 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12884 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12885
12886 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12887
12888 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12889
12890 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12891
12892
12893 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12894
12895 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12896
12897 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12898
12899 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12900 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12901 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12902 well for simple place forms.
12903 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12904 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12905 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12906 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12907 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12908 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12909 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12910
12911 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12912
12913 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12914
12915 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12916 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12917 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12918 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12919 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12920
12921 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12922 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12923 (let ((temp VAL))
12924 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12925 temp)
12926 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12927
12928 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12929
12930 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12931 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12932 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12933 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12934 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12935 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12936
12937 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12938
12939 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12940
12941 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12942 Return a reference to PLACE.
12943 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12944 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12945 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12946 binding mode.
12947
12948 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12949
12950 ;;;***
12951 \f
12952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21710 25465
12953 ;;;;;; 296934 372000))
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12955
12956 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12957 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12958 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12959 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12960
12961 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12962 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12963 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12964 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12965
12966 \(fn)" t nil)
12967
12968 ;;;***
12969 \f
12970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21710 25465 296934
12971 ;;;;;; 372000))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12973
12974 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12975 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12976
12977 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12978
12979 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12980 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12981 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12982 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12983
12984 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12985
12986 \(fn)" t nil)
12987
12988 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12989 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12990 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12991 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12992 to be updated.
12993
12994 \(fn)" t nil)
12995
12996 ;;;***
12997 \f
12998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21710 25547
12999 ;;;;;; 134569 521000))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13001
13002 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13003 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13004
13005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13006
13007 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13008 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13009 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13010
13011 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13012
13013 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13014 Verify a hashcash payment
13015
13016 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13017
13018 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13019 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13020 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13021 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13022 `mail-add-payment-async').
13023
13024 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13027 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13028 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13029 Calculation is asynchronous.
13030
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13032
13033 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13034 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13035 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13036
13037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13038
13039 ;;;***
13040 \f
13041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21710 25465 192934
13042 ;;;;;; 836000))
13043 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13044
13045 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13046 Return the help-echo string at point.
13047 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13048 property, or nil, is returned.
13049 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13050 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13051 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13052
13053 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13054
13055 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13056 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13057 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13058 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13059 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13060
13061 \(fn)" nil nil)
13062
13063 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13064 Display local help in the echo area.
13065 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13066 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13067 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13068 printed instead.
13069
13070 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13071 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13072 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13073
13074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13077 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13078 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13079
13080 \(fn)" t nil)
13081
13082 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13083 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13084 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13085
13086 \(fn)" t nil)
13087
13088 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13089 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13090 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13091 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13092 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13093 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13094 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13095 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13096 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13097 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13098 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13099
13100 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13101 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13102 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13103 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13104 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13105
13106 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13107 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13108 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13109 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13110 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13111 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13112 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13113 The default is `never'.")
13114
13115 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13116
13117 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13118 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13119 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13120 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13121 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13122 considered different regions.
13123
13124 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13125 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13126 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13127 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13128 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13129 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13130 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13131 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13132 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13133
13134 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13135
13136 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13137 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13138 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13139 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13140 different regions.
13141
13142 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13143 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13144 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13145 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13146 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13147 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13148 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13149 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13150
13151 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13152 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13153 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13154 rarely happens in practice.
13155
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157
13158 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13159 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13160 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13161 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13162 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13163 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13164
13165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13166
13167 ;;;***
13168 \f
13169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21710 25547 118569
13170 ;;;;;; 592000))
13171 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13172
13173 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13174 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13175
13176 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13179 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13180 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13181
13182 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13183
13184 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13185 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13186 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13187 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13188 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13189 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13190 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13191 search for a function definition.
13192
13193 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13194 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13195 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13196 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13197 suitable file is found, return nil.
13198
13199 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13200
13201 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13202
13203
13204 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13205
13206 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13207 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13208 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13209 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13210
13211 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13212
13213 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13214 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13215 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13216 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13217 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13218 it is displayed along with the global value.
13219
13220 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13221
13222 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13223 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13224 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13225 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13226
13227 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13230 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13231 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13232 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13233 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13234
13235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13236
13237 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13238 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13239
13240 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13243 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13244
13245 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13246
13247 ;;;***
13248 \f
13249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21710 25465 192934
13250 ;;;;;; 836000))
13251 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13252
13253 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13254 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13255 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13256 window listing and describing the options.
13257 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13258 gives the window that lists the options.")
13259
13260 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13261
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21710 25547 118569
13265 ;;;;;; 592000))
13266 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13267
13268 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13269 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13270 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13271 Commands:
13272 \\{help-mode-map}
13273
13274 \(fn)" t nil)
13275
13276 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13277
13278
13279 \(fn)" nil nil)
13280
13281 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13282
13283
13284 \(fn)" nil nil)
13285
13286 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13287 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13288
13289 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13290 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13291 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13292 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13293
13294 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13295 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13296 restore it properly when going back.
13297
13298 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13299
13300 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13301 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13302 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13303 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13304 from `help-mode'.
13305 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13306 it does not already exist.
13307
13308 \(fn)" nil nil)
13309
13310 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13311 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13312
13313 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13314 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13315 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13316 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13317 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13318 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13319 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13320 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13321
13322 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13323 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13324 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13325 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13326
13327 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13328 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13329 that.
13330
13331 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13332
13333 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13334 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13335 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13336 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13337 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13338 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13339
13340 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13341
13342 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13343 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13344 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13345 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13346 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13347
13348 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13351 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13352
13353 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13354
13355 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13356 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13357 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13358 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13359
13360 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13361
13362 ;;;***
13363 \f
13364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21710 25465
13365 ;;;;;; 133935 99000))
13366 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13367
13368 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13369 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13370
13371 \(fn)" t nil)
13372
13373 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13374 Provide help for current mode.
13375
13376 \(fn)" t nil)
13377
13378 ;;;***
13379 \f
13380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21710 25547 119569 588000))
13381 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13382
13383 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13384 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13385 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13386 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13387 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13388
13389 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13390 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13391
13392 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13393 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13394 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13395 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13396
13397 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13398 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13399 periods.
13400
13401 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13402 in hexl format.
13403
13404 A sample format:
13405
13406 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13407 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13408 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13409 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13410 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13411 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13412 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13413 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13414 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13415 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13416 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13417 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13418 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13419 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13420 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13421
13422 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13423 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13424 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13425
13426 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13427 also supported.
13428
13429 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13430
13431 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13432 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13433 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13434
13435 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13436 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13437 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13438
13439 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13440 into the buffer at the current point.
13441
13442 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13443 into the buffer at the current point.
13444
13445 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13446 into the buffer at the current point.
13447
13448 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13449
13450 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13451 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13452
13453 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13454
13455 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13456
13457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13458
13459 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13460 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13461 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13462 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13463
13464 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13465
13466 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13467 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13468 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13469
13470 \(fn)" t nil)
13471
13472 ;;;***
13473 \f
13474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21710 25547 119569
13475 ;;;;;; 588000))
13476 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13477
13478 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13479 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13481 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13482 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13483
13484 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13485 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13486 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13487 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13488
13489 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13490 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13491 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13492 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13493
13494 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13495 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13496 which can be called interactively, are:
13497
13498 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13499 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13500
13501 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13502 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13503 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13504 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13505
13506 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13507 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13508
13509 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13510 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13511 available face automatically.
13512
13513 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13514 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13515
13516 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13517 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13518 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13519 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13520 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13521 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13522 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13523 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13524 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13525 function returns t.
13526
13527 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13528 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13529
13530 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13531 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13532 form:
13533 Hi-lock: FOO
13534
13535 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13536 position (number of characters into buffer)
13537 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13538 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13539 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13540
13541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13542
13543 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13544 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13545 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13547 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13548 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13549
13550 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13551
13552 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13553 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13554 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13555 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13556 ARG is omitted or nil.
13557
13558 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13559 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13560 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13561
13562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13563
13564 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13565
13566 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13567 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13568 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13569 Use the global history list for FACE.
13570
13571 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13572 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13573 highlighting will not update as you type.
13574
13575 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13576
13577 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13578
13579 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13580 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13581 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13582 Use the global history list for FACE.
13583
13584 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13585 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13586 highlighting will not update as you type.
13587
13588 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13589
13590 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13591
13592 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13593 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13594 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13595 Use the global history list for FACE.
13596
13597 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13598 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13599 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13600
13601 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13602 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13603 highlighting will not update as you type.
13604
13605 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13606
13607 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13608
13609 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13610 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13611 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13612 unless you use a prefix argument.
13613 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13614
13615 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13616 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13617
13618 \(fn)" t nil)
13619
13620 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13621
13622 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13623 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13624 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13625 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13626 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13627 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13628
13629 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13630
13631 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13632 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13633
13634 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13635 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13636 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13637
13638 \(fn)" t nil)
13639
13640 ;;;***
13641 \f
13642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21710 25547
13643 ;;;;;; 180569 316000))
13644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13645
13646 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13647 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13649 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13650 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13651
13652 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13653 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13654 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13655 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13656
13657 `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13659 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13660 is used.
13661
13662 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13663 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13664 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13665 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13666 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13667
13668 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13669 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13670 #endif lines when hiding.
13671
13672 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13673 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13674 is activated.
13675
13676 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13677 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13678 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13679
13680 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13681
13682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13683
13684 ;;;***
13685 \f
13686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21710 25547
13687 ;;;;;; 181569 311000))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13689
13690 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13691 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13692 Each element has the form
13693 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13694
13695 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13696 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13697
13698 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13699 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13700
13701 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13702 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13703 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13704 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13705 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13706 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13707
13708 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13709 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13710
13711 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13712 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13713
13714 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13715 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13716 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13717
13718 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13719 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13721 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13722 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13723
13724 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13725 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13726 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13727
13728 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13729 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13730 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13731
13732 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13733 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13734
13735 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13736
13737 Key bindings:
13738 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13739
13740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13741
13742 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13743 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13744
13745 \(fn)" nil nil)
13746
13747 ;;;***
13748 \f
13749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21710 25465 194934
13750 ;;;;;; 827000))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13752
13753 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13754 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13756 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13757 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758
13759 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13760 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13761 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13762 this on and off.
13763
13764 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13765 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13766 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13767 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13768 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13769 through various faces.
13770 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13771 buffer with the contents of a file
13772 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13773
13774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13775
13776 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13777 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13779 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13780 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13781
13782 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13783 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13784 in a distinctive face.
13785
13786 The default value can be customized with variable
13787 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13788
13789 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13790
13791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13792
13793 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13794 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13795 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13796
13797 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13801
13802 \(fn)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13806
13807 \(fn)" t nil)
13808
13809 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13810 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13811
13812 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13813 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13814 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13815 shown in the last face in the list.
13816
13817 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13818 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13819 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13820
13821 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13822
13823 \(fn)" t nil)
13824
13825 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13826 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13827
13828 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13829
13830 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13831 to save the file.
13832
13833 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13834 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13835
13836 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13837 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13838 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13839
13840 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13844
13845 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13846 this function is called interactively.
13847
13848 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13849 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13850 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13851
13852 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13853 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13854 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13855
13856 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13857
13858 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13859 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13860 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13862 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13863 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13864
13865 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13866
13867 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13868 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13869 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13870 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13871 ARG is omitted or nil.
13872
13873 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13874 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13875 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13876
13877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13878
13879 ;;;***
13880 \f
13881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21710 25547 119569
13882 ;;;;;; 588000))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13884 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13885
13886 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13887 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13888 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13889 or insert functions in this list.")
13890
13891 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13892
13893 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13894 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13895 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13896 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13897 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13898 expansions.
13899 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13900 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13901 undoes the expansion.
13902
13903 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13906 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13907 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13908 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13909
13910 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13911
13912 ;;;***
13913 \f
13914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21710 25465 194934
13915 ;;;;;; 827000))
13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13917
13918 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13919 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13921 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13922 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13923
13924 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13925 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13926 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13927 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13928 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13929 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13930
13931 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13932 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13933 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13934 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13935
13936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937
13938 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13939 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13940 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13943 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13944
13945 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13948 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13952
13953 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13954 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13955 windows.
13956
13957 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13958 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13959
13960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13961
13962 ;;;***
13963 \f
13964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21710 25547
13965 ;;;;;; 60569 851000))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13967
13968 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13969
13970 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13971 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13972 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13973
13974 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13975
13976 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13977
13978 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13979
13980 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13981 Oriental holidays.
13982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13983
13984 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13985
13986 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13987
13988 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13989
13990 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13991 Local holidays.
13992 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13993
13994 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13995
13996 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13997
13998 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13999
14000 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14001 User defined holidays.
14002 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14003
14004 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14005
14006 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14007
14008 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14009 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14010
14011 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14012
14013 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14014 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14015
14016 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14017
14018 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14019 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14020
14021 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14022
14023 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14024 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14025
14026 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14027
14028 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14029
14030 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14031 Jewish holidays.
14032 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14033
14034 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14035
14036 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14037
14038 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14039
14040 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14041 Christian holidays.
14042 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14043
14044 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14045
14046 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14047
14048 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14049
14050 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14051 Islamic holidays.
14052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14053
14054 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14055
14056 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14057
14058 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14059
14060 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14061 Bahá'í holidays.
14062 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14063
14064 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14065
14066 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14067
14068 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14069
14070 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14071 Sun-related holidays.
14072 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14073
14074 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14075
14076 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14077
14078 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14079
14080 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14081 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14082 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14083 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14084
14085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14088 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14089 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14090 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14091 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14092
14093 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14094 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14095
14096 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14097 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14098
14099 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14100 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14101 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14102 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14103 of a holiday list.
14104
14105 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14106
14107 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14108
14109 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14110
14111 ;;;***
14112 \f
14113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21710 25465
14114 ;;;;;; 181934 885000))
14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14116
14117 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14118 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14119
14120 \(fn)" t nil)
14121
14122 ;;;***
14123 \f
14124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21710 25547
14125 ;;;;;; 119569 588000))
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14127 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14128
14129 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14130 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14131 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14132 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14133 as possible.
14134
14135 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14136 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14137 fontified display.
14138
14139 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14140 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14141
14142 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14143 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14144 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14145
14146 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14147
14148 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14149 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14150 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14151
14152 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14153
14154 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14155
14156 ;;;***
14157 \f
14158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21710 25547 120569
14159 ;;;;;; 583000))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14161
14162 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14163 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14164
14165 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14166 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14167 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14168
14169 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14170 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14171 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14172 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14173 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14174 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14175
14176 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14177 title of the column.
14178
14179 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14180 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14181 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14182 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14183 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14184
14185 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14186
14187 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14188 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14189 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14190 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14191 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14192
14193 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14194 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14195 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14196
14197 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14198
14199 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14200 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14201 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14202 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14203 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14204 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14205
14206 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14207 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14208 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14209 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14210 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14211 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14212 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14213 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14214 values are:
14215 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14216 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14217 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14218 buffer's modification flag.
14219 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14220 prompted before performing this operation.
14221 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14222 operation is complete, in the form:
14223 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14224 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14225 confirmation message, in the form:
14226 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14227 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14228 macro for exactly what it does.
14229
14230 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14231
14232 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14233 Define a filter named NAME.
14234 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14235 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14236 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14237
14238 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14239 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14240 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14241 bound to the current value of the filter.
14242
14243 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14244
14245 ;;;***
14246 \f
14247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21710 25547 120569
14248 ;;;;;; 583000))
14249 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14250
14251 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14252 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14253 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14254 buffers which are visiting a file.
14255
14256 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14257
14258 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14259 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14260 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14261 buffers which are visiting a file.
14262
14263 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14264
14265 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14266 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14267 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14268
14269 All arguments are optional.
14270 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14271 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14272 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14273 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14274 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14275 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14276 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14277 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14278 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14279 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14280 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14281 that value locally in this buffer.
14282
14283 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14284
14285 ;;;***
14286 \f
14287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21710
14288 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
14289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14290 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14291
14292 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14293 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14294 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14295 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14296
14297 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14298
14299 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14300 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14301 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14302 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14303 ICAL-FILENAME.
14304 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14305 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14306 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14307
14308 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14309
14310 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14311 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14312 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14313 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14314 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14315 non-marking or not.
14316
14317 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14318
14319 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14320 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14321
14322 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14323 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14324 DIARY-FILE.
14325
14326 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14327 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14328 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14329
14330 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14331 non-marking.
14332
14333 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14334 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14335 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14336
14337 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14338
14339 ;;;***
14340 \f
14341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21710 25547 120569
14342 ;;;;;; 583000))
14343 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14344
14345 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14346 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14347 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14350 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14351
14352 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14353
14354 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14355 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14357 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14358 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14359
14360 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14361 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14362 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14363 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14364
14365 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14366 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14367
14368 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14369 completions:
14370
14371 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14372
14373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14374
14375 ;;;***
14376 \f
14377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21710 25465 317934
14378 ;;;;;; 279000))
14379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14380
14381 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14382 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14383 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14384 Tab indents for Icon code.
14385 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14386 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14387 \\{icon-mode-map}
14388 Variables controlling indentation style:
14389 icon-tab-always-indent
14390 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14391 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14392 icon-auto-newline
14393 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14394 inserted in Icon code.
14395 icon-indent-level
14396 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14397 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14398 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14399 icon-continued-statement-offset
14400 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14401 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14402 icon-continued-brace-offset
14403 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14404 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14405 icon-brace-offset
14406 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14407 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14408 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14409 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14410
14411 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14412 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14413
14414 \(fn)" t nil)
14415
14416 ;;;***
14417 \f
14418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21710
14419 ;;;;;; 25547 182569 307000))
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14421
14422 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14423 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14424 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14425 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14426
14427 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14428 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14429 separate frames.
14430
14431 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14432 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14433
14434 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14435 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14436 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14437
14438 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14439
14440 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14441
14442 ;;;***
14443 \f
14444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21710 25547
14445 ;;;;;; 183569 302000))
14446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14447 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14448
14449 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14450 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14451
14452 The main features of this mode are
14453
14454 1. Indentation and Formatting
14455 --------------------------
14456 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14457 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14458
14459 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14460 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14461 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14462 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14463
14464 Comments are indented as follows:
14465
14466 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14467 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14468 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14469
14470 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14471
14472 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14473 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14474 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14475 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14476 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14477 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14478
14479 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14480 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14481 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14482 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14483
14484 2. Routine Info
14485 ------------
14486 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14487 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14488 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14489 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14490 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14491 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14492 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14493 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14494 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14495 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14496
14497 3. Online IDL Help
14498 ---------------
14499
14500 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14501 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14502 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14503 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14504
14505 4. Completion
14506 ----------
14507 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14508 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14509 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14510 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14511 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14512 upper case.
14513
14514 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14515 --------------------------------
14516 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14517 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14518
14519 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14520 \\fu FUNCTION template
14521 \\c CASE statement template
14522 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14523 \\f FOR loop template
14524 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14525 \\w WHILE loop template
14526 \\i IF statement template
14527 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14528 \\b BEGIN
14529
14530 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14531 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14532
14533 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14534 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14535 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14536 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14537
14538 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14539 -------------------------
14540 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14541 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14542
14543 7. Automatic END completion
14544 ------------------------
14545 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14546 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14547
14548 8. Hooks
14549 -----
14550 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14551 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14552
14553 9. Documentation and Customization
14554 -------------------------------
14555 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14556 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14557 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14558 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14559 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14560 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14561
14562 10.Keybindings
14563 -----------
14564 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14565 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14566 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14567
14568 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14569
14570 \(fn)" t nil)
14571
14572 ;;;***
14573 \f
14574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21710 25547 121569 579000))
14575 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14576
14577 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14578 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14579 The following values are possible:
14580 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14581 displaying...)
14582 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14583 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14584 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14585
14586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14587 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14588
14589 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14590
14591 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14592 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14593 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14594 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14595 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14596 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14597 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14598 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14599 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14600
14601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14602
14603 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14604 Switch to another buffer.
14605 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14606 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14607 in another frame.
14608
14609 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14610 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14611 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14612 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14613 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14614
14615 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14616 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14617
14618 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14619
14620 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14621 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14622 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14623 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14624 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14625 in a separate window.
14626 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14627 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14628 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14629 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14630 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14631 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14632 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14633 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14634 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14635
14636 \(fn)" t nil)
14637
14638 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14639 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14640 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14641 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14642
14643 \(fn)" t nil)
14644
14645 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14646 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14647 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14648 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14649
14650 \(fn)" t nil)
14651
14652 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14653 Kill a buffer.
14654 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14655 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14656
14657 \(fn)" t nil)
14658
14659 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14660 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14661 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14662 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14663
14664 \(fn)" t nil)
14665
14666 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14667 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14668 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14669 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14670
14671 \(fn)" t nil)
14672
14673 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14674 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14675
14676 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14677
14678 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14679 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14680 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14681 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14682 in another frame.
14683
14684 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14685 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14686 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14687 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14688 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14689 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14690
14691 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14692 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14693
14694 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14695
14696 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14697 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14698 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14699 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14700 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14701 in a separate window.
14702 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14703 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14704 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14705 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14706 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14707 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14708 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14709 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14710 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14711 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14712 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14713 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14714 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14715 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14716 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14717 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14718 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14719 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14720
14721 \(fn)" t nil)
14722
14723 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14724 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14725 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14726 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14727
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14729
14730 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14731 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14732 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14733 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14734
14735 \(fn)" t nil)
14736
14737 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14738 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14739 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14740 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14741
14742 \(fn)" t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14745 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14746 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14747 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14748
14749 \(fn)" t nil)
14750
14751 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14752 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14753 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14754 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14755
14756 \(fn)" t nil)
14757
14758 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14759 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14760 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14761 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14762
14763 \(fn)" t nil)
14764
14765 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14766 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14767 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14768 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14769
14770 \(fn)" t nil)
14771
14772 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14773 Write current buffer to a file.
14774 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14775 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14776
14777 \(fn)" t nil)
14778
14779 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14780 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14781 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14782 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14783
14784 \(fn)" t nil)
14785
14786 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14787 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14788 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14789 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14790
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14792
14793 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14794 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14795 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14796 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14797 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14798 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14799
14800 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14801
14802 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14803 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14804 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14805 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14806
14807 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14808
14809 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14810 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14811 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14812 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14813
14814 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14815
14816 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14817 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14818 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14819 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14820 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14821 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14822 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14823 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14824 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14825 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14826 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14827 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14828 with point positioned at the end.
14829 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14830 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14831
14832 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14833
14834 ;;;***
14835 \f
14836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21710 25547 121569 579000))
14837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14838
14839 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14840 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14841 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14842 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 ;;;***
14847 \f
14848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21710 25465 196934 818000))
14849 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14850
14851 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14852
14853 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14854 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14856 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14857 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14858 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14859
14860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14861
14862 ;;;***
14863 \f
14864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21710 25465 197934 814000))
14865 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14866
14867 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14868 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14869 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14870 be determined.
14871
14872 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14873
14874 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14875 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14876 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14877 be determined.
14878
14879 \(fn)" nil nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14882 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14883 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14884 be determined.
14885
14886 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14889 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14890 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14891 be determined.
14892
14893 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14894
14895 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14896 Determine and return image type.
14897 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14898 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14899 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14900 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14901 use its file extension as image type.
14902 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14903
14904 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14907 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14908 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14909
14910 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14911
14912 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14913 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14914 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14915
14916 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14917 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14918 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14919 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14920 must be available.
14921
14922 \(fn)" nil nil)
14923
14924 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14925 Create an image.
14926 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14927 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14928 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14929 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14930 use its file extension as image type.
14931 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14932 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14933 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14934 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14935
14936 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14937
14938 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14939 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14940 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14941
14942 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14945 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14946 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14947 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14948 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14949 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14950 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14951 POS may be an integer or marker.
14952 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14953 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14954 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14955 means display it in the right marginal area.
14956
14957 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14958
14959 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14960 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14961 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14962 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14963 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14964 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14965 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14966 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14967 means display it in the right marginal area.
14968 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14969 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14970 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14971 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14972 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14973
14974 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14975
14976 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14977 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14978 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14979 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14980 STRING is a single space.
14981 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14982 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14983 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14984 means display it in the right marginal area.
14985 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14986
14987 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14988
14989 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14990 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14991 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14992 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14993
14994 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14995
14996 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14997 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14998
14999 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15000
15001 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15002 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15003 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15004 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15005 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15006 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15007 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15008 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15009 satisfied.
15010
15011 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15012
15013 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15014
15015 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15018 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15019
15020 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15021 documentation string.
15022
15023 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15024 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15025 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15026 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15027 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15028 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15029 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15030 define SYMBOL.
15031
15032 Example:
15033
15034 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15035 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15036
15037 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15038
15039 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15040
15041 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15042 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15043 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15044 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15045
15046 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15047 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15048 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15049 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15050
15051 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15052
15053 \(fn)" nil nil)
15054
15055 ;;;***
15056 \f
15057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21710 25465
15058 ;;;;;; 197934 814000))
15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15060 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15061
15062 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15063 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15064 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15065 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15066 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15067 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15068
15069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15070
15071 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15072 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15073
15074 Convenience command that:
15075
15076 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15077 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15078 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15079
15080 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15081 image files in dired and type
15082 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15083
15084 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15085
15086 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15087 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15088
15089 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15092 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15093 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15094 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15095 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15096 another one).
15097
15098 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15099 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15100 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15101
15102 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15103 instead of erasing it first.
15104
15105 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15106 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15107 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15108 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15109 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15110 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15111
15112 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15113
15114 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15115 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15116 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15117 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15118 displayed.
15119
15120 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15121
15122 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15123
15124 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15125
15126 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15127 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15128
15129 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15130
15131 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15132 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15133 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15134
15135 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15138 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15139
15140 \(fn)" t nil)
15141
15142 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15143 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15144 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15145 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15146
15147 \(fn)" t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15150 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15151
15152 \(fn)" t nil)
15153
15154 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15155 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15156
15157 \(fn)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15160 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15161
15162 \(fn)" t nil)
15163
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15165 Display current image file.
15166 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15167 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15168
15169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15172 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15173
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15177 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15178 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15179 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15180 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15181 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15182 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15183
15184 \(fn)" t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15187 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15188 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15189 easy-to-use form.
15190
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15192
15193 ;;;***
15194 \f
15195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21710 25465 197934
15196 ;;;;;; 814000))
15197 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15198
15199 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15200 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15201 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15202 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15203
15204 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15205 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15206 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15207 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15208
15209 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15210
15211 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15212 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15213 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15214 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15215
15216 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15217 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15218 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15219 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15220
15221 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15222
15223 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15224 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15225
15226 \(fn)" nil nil)
15227
15228 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15229 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15230 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15231 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15232
15233 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15234
15235 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15236 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15237 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15240 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15241
15242 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15243
15244 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15245 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15249
15250 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15251 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15252 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15253
15254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15255
15256 ;;;***
15257 \f
15258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21710 25547 122569
15259 ;;;;;; 574000))
15260 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15261
15262 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15263 Major mode for image files.
15264 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15265 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15266
15267 Key bindings:
15268 \\{image-mode-map}
15269
15270 \(fn)" t nil)
15271
15272 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15273 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15274 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15275 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15276 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15277
15278 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15279 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15280 actual image.
15281
15282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15283
15284 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15285 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15286 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15287 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15288 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15289 to display an image file as the actual image.
15290
15291 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15292 to display an image file as text initially.
15293
15294 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15295 on these modes.
15296
15297 \(fn)" t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15300
15301
15302 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15303
15304 ;;;***
15305 \f
15306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21710 25547 122569 574000))
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15308
15309 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15310 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15311
15312 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15313
15314 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15315 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15316 in the buffer.
15317
15318 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15319
15320 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15321 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15322 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15323
15324 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15325
15326 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15327 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15328 Each element of this list should have the form
15329
15330 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15331
15332 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15333 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15334 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15335 matches are put).
15336 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15337 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15338 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15339 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15340 another element.
15341 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15342 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15343 the menu item.
15344 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15345 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15346 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15347 the ARGUMENTS.
15348
15349 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15350 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15351 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15352
15353 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15354 create a buffer index.
15355
15356 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15357 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15358 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15359 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15360 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15361
15362 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15363
15364 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15365 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15366
15367 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15368 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15369 called within a `save-excursion'.
15370
15371 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15372
15373 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15374
15375 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15376 Function for finding the next index position.
15377
15378 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15379 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15380 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15381 file.
15382
15383 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15384 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15385
15386 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15387
15388 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15389 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15390
15391 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15392 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15393 It should return the name for that index item.")
15394
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15396
15397 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15398 Function to compare string with index item.
15399
15400 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15401 non-nil if they match.
15402
15403 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15404 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15405 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15406 arguments match\".")
15407
15408 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15409
15410 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15411 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15412 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15413
15414 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15415 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15416
15417 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15418
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15420
15421 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15422 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15423 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15424 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15425
15426 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15427
15428 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15429 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15430
15431 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15432
15433 \(fn)" t nil)
15434
15435 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15436 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15437 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15438 for more information.
15439
15440 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15441
15442 ;;;***
15443 \f
15444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21710 25465
15445 ;;;;;; 210934 756000))
15446 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15447
15448 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15449 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15450
15451 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15454
15455
15456 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15457
15458 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15459
15460
15461 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15462
15463 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15464
15465
15466 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15467
15468 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15469 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15470
15471 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15472
15473 ;;;***
15474 \f
15475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21710 25547
15476 ;;;;;; 183569 302000))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15478
15479 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15480 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15481 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15482 to that buffer.
15483 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15484 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15485 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15486 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15487
15488 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15489
15490 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15491
15492 ;;;***
15493 \f
15494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21710 25547 123569 570000))
15495 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15496
15497 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15498 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15499 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15500 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15501 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15502 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15503 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15504 first in this list.
15505
15506 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15507 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15508 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15509 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15510 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15511
15512 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15513 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15514 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15515
15516 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15517 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15518
15519 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15520 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15521
15522 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15523 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15524 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15525 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15526 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15527 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15528 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15529 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15530 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15531 with the top-level Info directory.
15532
15533 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15534 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15535
15536 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15537
15538 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15539 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15540 in all the directories in that path.
15541
15542 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15543
15544 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15545
15546 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15547 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15548
15549 \(fn)" t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15552 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15553
15554 \(fn)" t nil)
15555
15556 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15557 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15558 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15559 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15560
15561 \(fn)" nil nil)
15562
15563 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15564 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15565 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15566 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15567
15568 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15569
15570 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15571 Go to the Info directory node.
15572
15573 \(fn)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15576 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15577 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15578 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15579 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15580 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15581
15582 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15585 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15586 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15587
15588 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15591 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15592 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15593 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15594 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15595
15596 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15597
15598 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15599 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15600 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15601 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15602 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15603
15604 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15605 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15606
15607 Selecting other nodes:
15608 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15609 Follow a node reference you click on.
15610 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15611 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15612 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15613 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15614 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15615 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15616 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15617 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15618 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15619 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15620 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15621 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15622 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15623 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15624 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15625 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15626 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15627 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15628 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15629 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15630
15631 Moving within a node:
15632 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15633 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15634 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15635 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15636 move up to the parent node.
15637 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15638 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15639 if there is none.
15640 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15641
15642 Advanced commands:
15643 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15644 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15645 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15646 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15647 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15648 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15649 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15650 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15651 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15652 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15653 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15654 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15655 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15656 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15657 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15658 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15659
15660 \(fn)" t nil)
15661 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15662
15663 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15664 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15665 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15666 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15667 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15668 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15669
15670 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15671 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15672
15673 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15674 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15675 KEY is a string.
15676 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15677 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15678 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15679 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15680
15681 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15682
15683 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15684 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15685 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15686
15687 \(fn)" t nil)
15688
15689 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15690 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15691 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15692
15693 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15694
15695 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15696 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15697 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15698 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15699
15700 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15701
15702 ;;;***
15703 \f
15704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21710 25465 198934
15705 ;;;;;; 809000))
15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15707
15708 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15709 Throw away all cached data.
15710 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15711 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15712 system.
15713
15714 \(fn)" t nil)
15715 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15716
15717 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15718 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15719 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15720 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15721 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15722 one found at point.
15723
15724 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15725
15726 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15727 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15728
15729 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15730 Display the documentation of a file.
15731 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15732 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15733 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15734 The default file name is the one found at point.
15735
15736 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15737
15738 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15741 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15742
15743 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15746 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15747
15748 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15749
15750 ;;;***
15751 \f
15752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21710 25465 198934
15753 ;;;;;; 809000))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15755 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15756
15757 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15758 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15759 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15760 current info file is the default.
15761
15762 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15763 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15764 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15765 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15766 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15767
15768 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15769 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15770 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15771 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15772 mistake in the reference.
15773
15774 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15775 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15776 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15777
15778 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15779 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15780 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15781 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15782
15783 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15784
15785 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15786 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15787 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15788 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15789 checked.
15790
15791 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15792 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15793 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15794 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15795 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15796 should be harmless.
15797
15798 \(fn)" t nil)
15799
15800 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15801 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15802 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15803 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15804
15805 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15806 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15807 and can take a long time.
15808
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15810
15811 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15812 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15813 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15814
15815 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15816
15817 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15818 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15819
15820 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15821 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15822 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15823 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15824 all builtins).
15825
15826 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15827 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15828 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15829 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15830 the sources handy.
15831
15832 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15833
15834 ;;;***
15835 \f
15836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21710 25465 199934
15837 ;;;;;; 805000))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15839
15840 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15841 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15842
15843 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15844
15845 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15846 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15847
15848 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15849
15850 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15851 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15852 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15853 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15854
15855 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15856 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15857 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15858
15859 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15860 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15861 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15862 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15863
15864 \(fn)" t nil)
15865
15866 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15867 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15868 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15869
15870 \(fn)" t nil)
15871
15872 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15873 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15874 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15875 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15876 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15877
15878 \(fn)" nil nil)
15879
15880 ;;;***
15881 \f
15882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21710 25465
15883 ;;;;;; 100935 246000))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15885 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15886
15887 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15888 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15889 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15890
15891 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15892
15893 ;;;***
15894 \f
15895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21710
15896 ;;;;;; 25465 200934 800000))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15898
15899 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15900 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15905 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15906
15907 \(fn)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15910
15911
15912 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15913
15914 ;;;***
15915 \f
15916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21710 25465 204934
15917 ;;;;;; 783000))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15919 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15920
15921 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15922 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15923 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15924 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15925 accessed via isearchb.
15926
15927 \(fn)" t nil)
15928
15929 ;;;***
15930 \f
15931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21710
15932 ;;;;;; 25465 200934 800000))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15934
15935 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15936 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15937 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15938 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15939 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15940
15941 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15942
15943 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15944 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15945 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15946 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15947 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15948
15949 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15950
15951 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15952 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15953 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15954 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15955 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15956
15957 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15958
15959 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15960 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15961 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15962 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15964
15965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15966
15967 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15970 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15972
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15974
15975 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15977 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15978 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15980
15981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15982
15983 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15985 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15986 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15987 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15988
15989 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15990
15991 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15992 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15993 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15994 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995
15996 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997
15998 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16000 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Warn that format is read-only.
16007
16008 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Warn that format is write-only.
16012
16013 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16014
16015 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16016 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16017
16018 \(fn)" t nil)
16019
16020 ;;;***
16021 \f
16022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16023 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 200934 800000))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16025 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16026 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16027
16028 ;;;***
16029 \f
16030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21710 25547
16031 ;;;;;; 209569 186000))
16032 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16033
16034 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16035
16036 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16037 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16038 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16039 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16040 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16041
16042 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16043
16044 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16045
16046 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16047 Key map for ispell menu.")
16048
16049 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16050 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16051 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16052 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16053
16054 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16055
16056 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16057
16058 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16059
16060 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16061
16062 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16063 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16064 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16065 Valid forms include:
16066 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16067 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16068 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16069 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16072 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16073 First list is used raw.
16074 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16075
16076 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16077 for skipping in latex mode.")
16078
16079 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16080 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16081 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16082 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16083 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16084 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16085 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16086
16087 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16088 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16089 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16090 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16091
16092 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16093 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16094 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16095 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16096 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16097
16098 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16099 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16100
16101 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16102 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16103
16104 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16105 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16106
16107 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16108 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16109
16110 Return values:
16111 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16112 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16113 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16114 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16115 quit spell session exited.
16116
16117 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16118
16119 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16120 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16121 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16122
16123 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16124
16125 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16126 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16127
16128 Selections are:
16129
16130 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16131 SPC: Accept word this time.
16132 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16133 `a': Accept word for this session.
16134 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16135 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16136 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16137 `?': Show these commands.
16138 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16139 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16140 the aborted check to be completed later.
16141 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16142 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16143 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16144 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16145 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16146 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16147 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16148
16149 \(fn)" nil nil)
16150
16151 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16152 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16153 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16154 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16155
16156 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16159 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16160 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16161 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16162
16163 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16164
16165 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16166
16167 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16168 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16169 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16170 amount for last line processed.
16171
16172 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16175 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16176
16177 \(fn)" t nil)
16178
16179 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16180 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16181
16182 \(fn)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16185 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16186 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16187
16188 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16191 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16192
16193 \(fn)" t nil)
16194
16195 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16196 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16197 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16198 sequence inside of a word.
16199
16200 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16201
16202 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16205 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16206
16207 \(fn)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16210 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16211 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16212 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16213
16214 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16215 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16216 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16217 available on the net.
16218
16219 \(fn)" t nil)
16220
16221 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16222 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16226
16227 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16228 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16229 spelled.
16230
16231 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16232 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16233 SPC.
16234
16235 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16236 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16237
16238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16239
16240 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16241 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16242 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16243 Don't check included messages.
16244
16245 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16246 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16247 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16248
16249 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16250 in your init file:
16251 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16252 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16253 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16254 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16255
16256 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16257 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16258 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16259
16260 \(fn)" t nil)
16261
16262 ;;;***
16263 \f
16264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21710
16265 ;;;;;; 25465 211934 751000))
16266 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16267
16268 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16269
16270
16271 \(fn)" nil nil)
16272
16273 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16274 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16275 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16276 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16277 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16278 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16279 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16280 necessary to represent OBJ.
16281
16282 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16283
16284 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16285 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16286 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16287 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16288
16289 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16290
16291 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16292 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16293 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16294 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16295 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16296
16297 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16298
16299 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16300 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16301 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16302 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16303
16304 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16305
16306 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16307 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16308 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16309 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16310
16311 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16312
16313 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16314 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16315
16316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16317
16318 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16319 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16320 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16321 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16322 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16323
16324 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16325
16326 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16327 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16328 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16329 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16330 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16331
16332 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16335 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16336 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16337
16338 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21710 25465 205934
16343 ;;;;;; 778000))
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16345
16346 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16347 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16348 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16349 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16350
16351 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16352
16353
16354 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16355
16356 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16357 Uninstall jka-compr.
16358 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16359 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16360 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16361
16362 \(fn)" nil nil)
16363
16364 ;;;***
16365 \f
16366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21710 25547 184569
16367 ;;;;;; 298000))
16368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16369 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16370
16371 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16372 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16373
16374 \(fn)" t nil)
16375 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16376
16377 ;;;***
16378 \f
16379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21710 25465 205934 778000))
16380 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16381 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16382
16383 ;;;***
16384 \f
16385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21710 25465
16386 ;;;;;; 139935 72000))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16388
16389 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16390 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16391 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16392 decimal key must be specified.")
16393
16394 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16395
16396 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16397 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16398 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16399 decimal key must be specified.")
16400
16401 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16402
16403 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16404 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16405 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16406 decimal key must be specified.")
16407
16408 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16409
16410 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16411 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16412 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16413 decimal key must be specified.")
16414
16415 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16416
16417 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16418 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16419 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16420 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16421 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16422 keys are bound.
16423
16424 Setup Binding
16425 -------------------------------------------------------------
16426 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16427 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16428 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16429 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16430 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16431 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16432 in the global and local keymaps.
16433
16434 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16435 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16436
16437 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16438
16439 ;;;***
16440 \f
16441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21710
16442 ;;;;;; 25465 200934 800000))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16444
16445 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16446 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16447 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16448
16449 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16450 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16451 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16452 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16453 shorter.
16454
16455 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16456 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16457 the context of text formatting.
16458
16459 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16460
16461 ;;;***
16462 \f
16463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21710 25465 201934
16464 ;;;;;; 796000))
16465 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16466
16467 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16468 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16469 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16470 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16471 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16472 positions that contains the current selection.")
16473
16474 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16475 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16476 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16477 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16478 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16479 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16480 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16481
16482 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16483
16484 ;;;***
16485 \f
16486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21710 25465 205934 778000))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16488 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16489 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16490 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16491 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16492 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16493 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16494 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16495
16496 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16497 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16498 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16499
16500 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16501
16502 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16503 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16504 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16505 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16506 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16507
16508 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16509
16510 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16511 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16512 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16513
16514 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16515 defining the macro.
16516
16517 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16518 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16519 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16520
16521 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16522 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16523
16524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16525
16526 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16527 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16528 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16529 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16530 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16531 under that name.
16532
16533 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16534 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16535 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16536
16537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16538
16539 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16540 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16541 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16542 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16543
16544 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16545 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16546 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16547 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16548
16549 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16550 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16551
16552 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16553
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16555 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16556 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16557
16558 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16559 macro.
16560
16561 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16562 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16563
16564 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16565 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16566 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16567
16568 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16569 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16570
16571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16572
16573 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16574 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16575 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16576 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16577
16578 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16579
16580 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16581 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16582 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16583 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16584
16585 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16586 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16587
16588 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16591 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16592 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16593
16594 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16595
16596 ;;;***
16597 \f
16598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21710
16599 ;;;;;; 25465 211934 751000))
16600 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16601
16602 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16603 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16604 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16605
16606 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16607
16608
16609 \(fn)" nil nil)
16610
16611 ;;;***
16612 \f
16613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21710 25547
16614 ;;;;;; 167569 373000))
16615 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16616
16617 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16618
16619 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16620 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16621
16622 \(fn)" t nil)
16623
16624 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16625 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16626 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16627 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16628
16629 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16630 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16631 none / 1 | yes | no
16632 2 | yes | yes
16633 3 | no | yes
16634 4 | no | no
16635
16636 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16637 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16638 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16639
16640 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16641
16642 ;;;***
16643 \f
16644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21710 25465
16645 ;;;;;; 211934 751000))
16646 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16647
16648 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16649
16650
16651 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16652
16653 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16654 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16655 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16656 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16657 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16658 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16659
16660 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16661 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16662
16663 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16664
16665 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16666 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16667
16668 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16669
16670 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16671
16672
16673 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16674
16675 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16676
16677
16678 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16679
16680 ;;;***
16681 \f
16682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21710
16683 ;;;;;; 25465 201934 796000))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16685
16686 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16687 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16688 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16689 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16690
16691 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16692
16693 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16694 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16695 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16696
16697 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16698
16699 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16700 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16701 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16702
16703 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16704
16705 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16706 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16707 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16708 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16709
16710 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16711
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16715 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 201934 796000))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16717
16718 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16719 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16720 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16721 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16722 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16723 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16724 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16725 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16726
16727 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16728 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16729
16730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16731 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16732
16733 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16734
16735 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16736 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16737 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16738 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16739 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16740 `latin1-display-setup'.
16741
16742 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16743
16744 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16745 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16746 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16747 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16748
16749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16750 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16751
16752 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16753
16754 ;;;***
16755 \f
16756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21710
16757 ;;;;;; 25465 321934 261000))
16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16759
16760 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16761 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16762
16763 \(fn)" t nil)
16764
16765 ;;;***
16766 \f
16767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21710 25465 296934 372000))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16769
16770 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16771 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16772 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16773 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16774 generations (this defaults to 1).
16775
16776 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16777
16778 ;;;***
16779 \f
16780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21710 25547 134569 521000))
16781 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16782 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16783
16784 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16785 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16787 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16788 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16789
16790 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16791
16792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16793
16794 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16795 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16796 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16797 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16798 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16799 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16800
16801 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16802
16803 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16804 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16805 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16806 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16807 ARG is omitted or nil.
16808
16809 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16810 `linum-on' would do it.
16811 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16812
16813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16814
16815 ;;;***
16816 \f
16817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21710 25465 223934
16818 ;;;;;; 698000))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16820
16821 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16822 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16823 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16824 is nil, raise an error.
16825
16826 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16827 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16828 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16829 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16830 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16831 defined by the library.
16832
16833 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16834 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16835 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16836 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16837 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16838 proceeds.
16839
16840 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16841 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16842 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16843 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16844
16845 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16846
16847 ;;;***
16848 \f
16849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21710 25465 224934 693000))
16850 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16851
16852 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16853 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16854 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16855
16856 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16857
16858 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16859 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16860 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16861 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16862
16863 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16864 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16865 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16866 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16867 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16868 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16869 the version.)
16870
16871 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16872 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16873
16874 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16875 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16876
16877 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16878 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16879
16880 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16881
16882 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16883 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16884 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16885 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16886 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16887 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16888 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16889 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16890 to constrain a big search.
16891
16892 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16893
16894 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16895 except that FILTER is not optional.
16896
16897 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16898
16899 ;;;***
16900 \f
16901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21710 25465 370934
16902 ;;;;;; 43000))
16903 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16904
16905 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16906 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16907 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16908 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16909 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16910 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16911 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16912 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16913 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16914 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16915
16916 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16917 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16918 associated values:
16919 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16920 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16921 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16922 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16923 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16924
16925 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16926 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16927 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16928
16929 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16930
16931 ;;;***
16932 \f
16933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21710 25465 370934
16934 ;;;;;; 43000))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16936
16937 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16938 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16939
16940 \(fn)" t nil)
16941
16942 ;;;***
16943 \f
16944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21710 25465 224934 693000))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16946
16947 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16948 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16949
16950 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16951 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16952
16953 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16954 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16955 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16956
16957 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16958 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16959
16960 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16961 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16962 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16963 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16964 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16965 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16966 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16967
16968 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16969
16970 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16971 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16972 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16973 switch on this list.
16974 See `lpr-command'.")
16975
16976 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16977
16978 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16979 Name of program for printing a file.
16980
16981 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16982 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16983 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16984 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16985 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16986 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16987 argument.")
16988
16989 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16990
16991 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16992 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16993 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16994 for customization of the printer command.
16995
16996 \(fn)" t nil)
16997
16998 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16999 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17000
17001 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17002 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17003 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17004 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17005
17006 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17007 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17008
17009 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17010 for further customization of the printer command.
17011
17012 \(fn)" t nil)
17013
17014 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17015 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17016 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17017 for customization of the printer command.
17018
17019 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17020
17021 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17022 Paginate and print the region contents.
17023
17024 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17025 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17026 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17027 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17028
17029 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17030 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17031
17032 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17033 for further customization of the printer command.
17034
17035 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17036
17037 ;;;***
17038 \f
17039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21710 25547 134569
17040 ;;;;;; 521000))
17041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17042
17043 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17044 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17045 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17046
17047 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17048
17049 ;;;***
17050 \f
17051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21710 25547 61569
17052 ;;;;;; 846000))
17053 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17054
17055 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17056 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17057 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17058 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17059
17060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17061
17062 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17063
17064 ;;;***
17065 \f
17066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21710 25547
17067 ;;;;;; 184569 298000))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17069
17070 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17071 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17072
17073 \(fn)" t nil)
17074
17075 ;;;***
17076 \f
17077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21710 25465 224934 693000))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17079
17080 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17081 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17082 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17083 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17084 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17085
17086 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17087
17088 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17089 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17090 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17091 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17092 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17093
17094 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17095 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17096 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17097 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17098 bindings.
17099
17100 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17101 use this command, and then save the file.
17102
17103 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17104
17105 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17106 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17107 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17108 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17109 each time the macro executes.
17110 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17111 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17112 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17113 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17114 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17115 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17116 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17117
17118 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17119
17120 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17121 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17122 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17123 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17124
17125 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17126 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17127 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17128 execute.
17129
17130 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17131 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17132
17133 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17134 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17135 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17136 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17137 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17138
17139 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17140 looked like this:
17141
17142 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17143 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17144 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17145
17146 You could enter the names in this format:
17147
17148 foo
17149 bar
17150 baz
17151
17152 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17153
17154 \\C-x (
17155 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17156 \\C-x )
17157
17158 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17159 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17160
17161 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17162 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17163
17164 ;;;***
17165 \f
17166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21710 25465
17167 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17169
17170 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17171 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17172 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17173 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17174 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17175 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17176
17177 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17178 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17179 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17180 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17181 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17182
17183 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17184 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17185 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17186 consing a string.)
17187
17188 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17189
17190 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17191 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17192
17193 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17194
17195 ;;;***
17196 \f
17197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21710 25465
17198 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17200
17201 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17202 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17203
17204 \(fn)" nil nil)
17205
17206 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17207
17208
17209 \(fn)" nil nil)
17210
17211 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17212 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17213
17214 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17215
17216 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17217 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17218 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17219 message.
17220
17221 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17222
17223 \(fn)" nil nil)
17224
17225 ;;;***
17226 \f
17227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21710 25465
17228 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17230
17231 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17232 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17233 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17234 often correct parser.")
17235
17236 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17237
17238 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17239 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17240 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17241 a value which excludes your own email address.
17242
17243 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17244 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17245
17246 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17247
17248 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17249 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17250
17251 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17252
17253 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17254 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17255 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17256 we return it unconverted.
17257
17258 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17259 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17260
17261 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17262
17263 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17264 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17265 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17266 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17267
17268 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17269
17270 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17271 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17272 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17273 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17274
17275 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17276
17277 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17278 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17279 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17280 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17281 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17282 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17283 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17284 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17285 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17286 as Rmail does.
17287
17288 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17289
17290 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17291 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17292 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17293 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17294 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17295 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17296 matches may be returned from the message body.
17297
17298 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17299
17300 ;;;***
17301 \f
17302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21710 25465
17303 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17305
17306 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17307 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17308 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17311 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17312
17313 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17314
17315 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17316 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17318 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17319 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17320
17321 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17322 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17323 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17324 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17325
17326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17327
17328 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17329 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17330
17331 \(fn)" nil nil)
17332
17333 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17334 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17335 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17336
17337 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17338
17339 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17340 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17341 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17342
17343 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17344 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17345 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17346 double-quotes.
17347
17348 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17349
17350 ;;;***
17351 \f
17352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21710 25465
17353 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17355
17356 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17357 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17358 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17359 king@grassland.com
17360 If `parens', they look like:
17361 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17362 If `angles', they look like:
17363 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17364
17365 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17366
17367 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17368 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17369 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17370 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17371 their `Resent-' variants.
17372
17373 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17374 removed from alias expansions.
17375
17376 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17377
17378 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17379 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17380 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17381
17382 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17383 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17384 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17385 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17386
17387 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17388
17389 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17390 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17391 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17392
17393 \(fn)" nil nil)
17394
17395 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17396 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17397 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17398 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17399
17400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17401
17402 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17403
17404 ;;;***
17405 \f
17406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21710 25465
17407 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17409
17410 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17411 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17412 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17413 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17414
17415 \(fn)" nil nil)
17416
17417 ;;;***
17418 \f
17419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21710
17420 ;;;;;; 25465 321934 261000))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17422
17423 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17424 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17425
17426 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17427 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17428 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17429 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17430 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17431 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17432
17433 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17434 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17435 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17436 dependency, despite the colon.
17437
17438 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17439
17440 In the browser, use the following keys:
17441
17442 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17443
17444 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17445
17446 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17447 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17448
17449 `makefile-target-colon':
17450 The string that gets appended to all target names
17451 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17452 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17453
17454 `makefile-macro-assign':
17455 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17456 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17457 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17458 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17459 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17460 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17461
17462 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17463 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17464 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17465
17466 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17467 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17468
17469 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17470 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17471 up or down in the browser.
17472
17473 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17474 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17475
17476 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17477 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17478
17479 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17480 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17481 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17482 has been selected in the browser.
17483
17484 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17485 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17486 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17487 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17488 filenames are omitted.
17489
17490 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17491 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17492 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17493 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17494 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17495 the backslash itself intact.
17496 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17497 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17498
17499 `makefile-browser-hook':
17500 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17501 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17502
17503 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17504 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17505 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17506 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17507
17508 \(fn)" t nil)
17509
17510 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17511 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17512
17513 \(fn)" t nil)
17514
17515 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17516 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17517
17518 \(fn)" t nil)
17519
17520 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17521 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17522
17523 \(fn)" t nil)
17524
17525 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17526 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17527
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17529
17530 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17531 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17532
17533 \(fn)" t nil)
17534
17535 ;;;***
17536 \f
17537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21710 25465 230934
17538 ;;;;;; 667000))
17539 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17540
17541 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17542 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17543 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17544
17545 \(fn)" t nil)
17546
17547 ;;;***
17548 \f
17549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21710 25547 136569 512000))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17551
17552 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17553
17554 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17555 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17556 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17557 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17558 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17559 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17560 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17561 page, it will display immediately.
17562
17563 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17564 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17565 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17566
17567 cat(1)
17568 1 cat
17569
17570 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17571 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17572 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17573 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17574
17575 -a chmod
17576
17577 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17578 otherwise look like a page name.
17579
17580 /my/file/name.1.gz
17581 -l somefile.1
17582
17583 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17584 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17585 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17586
17587 -k pattern
17588
17589 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17590
17591 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17592 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17593
17594 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17597 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17598
17599 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17600
17601 ;;;***
17602 \f
17603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21710 25465 230934 667000))
17604 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17605 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17606
17607 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17608 Toggle Master mode.
17609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17610 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17611 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17612
17613 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17614 using the following commands:
17615
17616 \\{master-mode-map}
17617
17618 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17619 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17620 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17621
17622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17623
17624 ;;;***
17625 \f
17626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21710 25465 230934
17627 ;;;;;; 667000))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17629
17630 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17631 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17632 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17634 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17635 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17636
17637 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17638
17639 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17640 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17642 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17643 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17644
17645 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17646 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17647 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17648 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17649
17650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17651
17652 ;;;***
17653 \f
17654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21710 25465 230934 667000))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17656 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17657
17658 ;;;***
17659 \f
17660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21710 25547 111569
17661 ;;;;;; 623000))
17662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17663
17664 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17665
17666 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17667 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17668 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17669 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17670 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17671 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17672 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17673 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17674 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17675 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17676 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17677 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17678 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17679 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17680 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17681 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17682 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17683 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17684 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17685 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17686 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17687 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17688 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17689 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17690 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17691 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17692 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17693 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17694 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17695 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17696 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17697 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17698 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17699 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17700 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17701 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17702 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17703 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17704
17705 \(fn)" t nil)
17706
17707 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17708 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17709 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17710 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17711 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17712
17713 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17714
17715 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17716 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17717
17718 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17719
17720 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17721 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17722
17723 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17726 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17727
17728 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17729
17730 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17731 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17732 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17733
17734 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17737 Cancel an article you posted.
17738 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17739
17740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17741
17742 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17743 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17744 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17745 header line with the old Message-ID.
17746
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17748
17749 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17750 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17751
17752 \(fn)" t nil)
17753
17754 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17755 Forward the current message via mail.
17756 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17757 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17758
17759 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17760
17761 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17762
17763
17764 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17767
17768
17769 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17772 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17777 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17778
17779 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17782 Re-mail the current message.
17783 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17784 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17785 you.
17786
17787 \(fn)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17790 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17791
17792 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17795 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17800 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17801
17802 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17805 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17806
17807 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17810 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17811 Works by overstriking characters.
17812 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17813 which specify the range to operate on.
17814
17815 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17818 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17819 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17820 which specify the range to operate on.
17821
17822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21710
17827 ;;;;;; 25465 321934 261000))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17829 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17830
17831 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17832 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17833
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17837 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17838
17839 \(fn)" t nil)
17840
17841 ;;;***
17842 \f
17843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21710 25465
17844 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17845 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17846
17847 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17848 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17849 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17850
17851 \(fn)" t nil)
17852
17853 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17854 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17855 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17856 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17857 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17858 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17859 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17860
17861 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17864 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17865 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17866 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17867 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17868 means current).
17869 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17870 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17871
17872 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17873
17874 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17875 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17876 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17877 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17878 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17879 means current).
17880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17881 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17882
17883 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17884
17885 ;;;***
17886 \f
17887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21710 25465 234934
17888 ;;;;;; 649000))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17890
17891 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17892 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17893 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17894
17895 \(fn)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17898 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17899 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17900
17901 \(fn)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17904 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17905
17906 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17907 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17908 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17909
17910 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17911 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17912
17913 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17914 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17915
17916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17917
17918 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17919
17920 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17921 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17922 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17923 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17924 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17925 as `compose-mail'.
17926
17927 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17928 initial Subject field, respectively.
17929
17930 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17931 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17932 are strings.
17933
17934 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17935 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17936
17937 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17938
17939 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17940 Save draft and send message.
17941
17942 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17943 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17944 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17945 Mail Delivery*\".
17946
17947 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17948 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17949 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17950
17951 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17952 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17953 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17954 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17955 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17956 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17957
17958 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17959 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17960
17961 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17962 message and scan line.
17963
17964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17967 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17968
17969 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17970 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17971 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17972 delete the draft message.
17973
17974 \(fn)" t nil)
17975
17976 ;;;***
17977 \f
17978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21710 25547 138569 503000))
17979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17980 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17981
17982 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17983
17984 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17985
17986 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17987
17988 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17989 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17990
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17992
17993 ;;;***
17994 \f
17995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21710 25465
17996 ;;;;;; 235934 644000))
17997 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17998
17999 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18000 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18001 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18002
18003 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18004 the MH mail system.
18005
18006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18007
18008 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18009 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18010 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18011
18012 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18013 the MH mail system.
18014
18015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18018 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18019
18020 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18021 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18022 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18023 separate command.
18024
18025 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18026 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18027 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18028 format.
18029
18030 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18031
18032 Ranges
18033 ======
18034 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18035 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18036 can be used in several ways.
18037
18038 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18039 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18040 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18041 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18042 page):
18043
18044 <num1>-<num2>
18045 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18046 The range must be nonempty.
18047
18048 <num>:N
18049 <num>:+N
18050 <num>:-N
18051 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18052 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18053 last.
18054
18055 first:N
18056 prev:N
18057 next:N
18058 last:N
18059 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18060
18061 all
18062 All of the messages.
18063
18064 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18065 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18066
18067 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18068 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18069 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18070
18071 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18072
18073 \(fn)" t nil)
18074
18075 ;;;***
18076 \f
18077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21710 25465 238934
18078 ;;;;;; 631000))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18080
18081 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18082 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18083 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18084 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18085 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18087 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18088 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18089 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18090 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18091 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18092
18093 \(fn)" t nil)
18094
18095 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18096 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18097 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18098 to its second argument TM.
18099
18100 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18101
18102 ;;;***
18103 \f
18104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21710 25465
18105 ;;;;;; 238934 631000))
18106 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18107
18108 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18109 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18110 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18112 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18113 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18114
18115 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18116
18117 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18118 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18120 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18121 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18122
18123 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18124 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18125 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18126 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18127 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18128 is modified to remove the default indication.
18129
18130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18131
18132 ;;;***
18133 \f
18134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21710 25465 239934 627000))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18136
18137 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18138 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18139 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18140 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18141 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18142 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18143 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18144 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18145 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18146
18147 \(fn)" t nil)
18148
18149 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18150 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18151 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18152 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18153 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18154 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18155 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18156 The return value is always nil.
18157
18158 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18159
18160 ;;;***
18161 \f
18162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21710 25547 139569
18163 ;;;;;; 498000))
18164 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18165 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18166
18167 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18168 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18169
18170 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18171 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18172 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18173 next occurrence.
18174
18175 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18176 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18177 end of the search space).
18178
18179 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18180 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18181 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18182 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18183 should return the previous buffer to search.
18184
18185 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18186 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18187 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18188
18189 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18190 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18191 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18192 Isearch starts.")
18193
18194 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18195 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18196 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18197
18198 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18199 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18200 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18201
18202 \(fn)" nil nil)
18203
18204 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18205 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18206 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18207 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18208 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18209 whose names match the specified regexp.
18210
18211 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18212
18213 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18214 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18215 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18216 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18217 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18218 whose names match the specified regexp.
18219
18220 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18221
18222 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18223 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18224 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18225 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18226 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18227 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18228 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18229
18230 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18231
18232 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18233 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18234 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18235 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18236 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18237 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18238 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18239
18240 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18241
18242 ;;;***
18243 \f
18244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21710
18245 ;;;;;; 25465 322934 257000))
18246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18247 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18248
18249 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18250 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18251
18252 \(fn)" t nil)
18253
18254 ;;;***
18255 \f
18256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21710 25465
18257 ;;;;;; 183934 876000))
18258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18259
18260 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18261 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18262
18263 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18264
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21710 25547
18268 ;;;;;; 112569 619000))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18270
18271 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18272 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18273
18274 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18277 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18278 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18279 the entire message.
18280 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18281
18282 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18283
18284 ;;;***
18285 \f
18286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21710 25465
18287 ;;;;;; 183934 876000))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18289
18290 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18291 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18292 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18293 the entire message.
18294 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18295
18296 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18297
18298 ;;;***
18299 \f
18300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21710 25547 112569
18301 ;;;;;; 619000))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18303
18304 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18305 Insert file contents of URL.
18306 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18307
18308 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18309
18310 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18311 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18312
18313 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18314
18315 ;;;***
18316 \f
18317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21710 25547 112569
18318 ;;;;;; 619000))
18319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18320
18321 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18322 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18323 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18324 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18325 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18326
18327 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18328
18329 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18330 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18331 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18332
18333 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18334
18335 ;;;***
18336 \f
18337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21710 25547 113569 614000))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18339
18340 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18341 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18342
18343 \(fn)" nil nil)
18344
18345 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18346 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18347 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18348 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18349 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18350
18351 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18352 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18353 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18354 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18355 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18356 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18357
18358 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18359
18360 ;;;***
18361 \f
18362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21710 25547 113569
18363 ;;;;;; 614000))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18365
18366 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18367
18368
18369 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18370
18371 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18372
18373
18374 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18375
18376 ;;;***
18377 \f
18378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21710 25547 113569
18379 ;;;;;; 614000))
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18381
18382 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18383
18384
18385 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18386
18387 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18388
18389
18390 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18391
18392 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18393
18394
18395 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18396
18397 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18398
18399
18400 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18403
18404
18405 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18406
18407 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18408
18409
18410 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18411
18412 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18413
18414
18415 \(fn)" nil nil)
18416
18417 ;;;***
18418 \f
18419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21710 25465
18420 ;;;;;; 101935 242000))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18422
18423 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18424
18425 ;;;***
18426 \f
18427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21710 25465
18428 ;;;;;; 322934 257000))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18430
18431 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18432
18433 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18434 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18435 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18436 followed by the first character of the construct.
18437 \\<m2-mode-map>
18438 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18439 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18440 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18441 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18442 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18443 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18444 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18445 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18446 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18447 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18448 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18449 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18450 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18451 \\[m2-link] link
18452
18453 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18454 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18455 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18456
18457 \(fn)" t nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21710 25547 167569
18462 ;;;;;; 373000))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18464
18465 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18466 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18467
18468 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18471 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18472
18473 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18474
18475 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18476 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18477
18478 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18479
18480 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18481 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18482
18483 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18484
18485 ;;;***
18486 \f
18487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21710 25465 239934
18488 ;;;;;; 627000))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18490
18491 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18492 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18493
18494 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18495 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18496 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18497
18498 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18499 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18500 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18501
18502 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18503 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18504
18505 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18506 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18507 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18508 hemisphere you're in.)
18509
18510 To test this function, evaluate:
18511 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18512
18513 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18514
18515 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18516 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18517
18518 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18519 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18520
18521 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18522 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18523 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18524
18525 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18526 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18527
18528 To test this function, evaluate:
18529 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18530
18531 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18532
18533 ;;;***
18534 \f
18535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21710 25547 140569 494000))
18536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18537
18538 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18539 Main entry point for MPC.
18540
18541 \(fn)" t nil)
18542
18543 ;;;***
18544 \f
18545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21710 25465 297934 368000))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18547
18548 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18549 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18550
18551 \(fn)" t nil)
18552
18553 ;;;***
18554 \f
18555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21710 25547 140569 494000))
18556 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18557
18558 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18559 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18560 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18563 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18564
18565 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18566
18567 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18568 Toggle Msb mode.
18569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18570 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18571 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18572
18573 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18574 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18575
18576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18577
18578 ;;;***
18579 \f
18580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21710
18581 ;;;;;; 25547 124569 565000))
18582 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18583
18584 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display a list of all character sets.
18586
18587 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18588 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18589 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18590 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18591 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18592
18593 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18594 but still shows the full information.
18595
18596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18597
18598 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18599 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18600 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18601
18602 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18603 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18604 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18605 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18606 meanings of these arguments.
18607
18608 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18609
18610 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18611 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18612
18613 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18614
18615 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18617
18618 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18619
18620 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18621 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18622
18623 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18624
18625 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18626 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18627
18628 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18629 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18630 in place of `..':
18631 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18632 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18633 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18634 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18635 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18636 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18637 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18638 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18639 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18640 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18641 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18642 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18643 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18644 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18645 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18646 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18647
18648 \(fn)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18652
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18654
18655 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display a list of all coding systems.
18657 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18658
18659 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18660 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18661
18662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display a list of all coding categories.
18666
18667 \(fn)" nil nil)
18668
18669 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18670 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18671 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18672
18673 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18676 Display information about FONTSET.
18677 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18678
18679 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18680
18681 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display a list of all fontsets.
18683 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18684 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18685 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18686
18687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display information about all input methods.
18691
18692 \(fn)" t nil)
18693
18694 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18695 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18696
18697 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18698 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18699 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18700 system which uses fontsets).
18701
18702 \(fn)" t nil)
18703
18704 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18705 Show log of font listing and opening.
18706 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18707 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18708
18709 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18710
18711 ;;;***
18712 \f
18713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21710
18714 ;;;;;; 25547 124569 565000))
18715 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18716
18717 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18718 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18719
18720 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18721 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18722
18723 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18724 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18725
18726 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18729 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18730 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18731 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18732 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18733 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18734 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18735
18736 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18737 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18738 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18739 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18740 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18741 middle of a character in STR.
18742
18743 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18744 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18745
18746 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18747 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18748 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18749 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18750 defaults to \"...\".
18751
18752 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18753
18754 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18755 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18756
18757 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18758 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18759 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18760
18761 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18762 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18763 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18764
18765 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18766 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18767 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18768 are considered.
18769 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18770 longer than KEYSEQ.
18771 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18772
18773 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18774
18775 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18776 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18777 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18778 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18779 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18780 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18781 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18782 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18783 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18784 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18785 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18786
18787 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18788
18789 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18790 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18791
18792 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18793
18794 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18795 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18796
18797 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18798
18799 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18800 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18801
18802 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18803
18804 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18805 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18806
18807 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18808
18809 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18810 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18811 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18812 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18813 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18814
18815 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18816 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18817
18818 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18819 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18820 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18821 coding systems ordered by priority.
18822
18823 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18824
18825 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18826
18827 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18828 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18829 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18830 language environment LANG-ENV.
18831
18832 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18833
18834 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18835 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18836 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18837 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18838 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18839 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18840
18841 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18842
18843 ;;;***
18844 \f
18845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21710 25465
18846 ;;;;;; 244934 604000))
18847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18848
18849 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18850 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18851
18852 \(fn)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18855 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18856
18857 \(fn)" t nil)
18858
18859 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18860 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18861
18862 \(fn)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18865 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18870 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18871
18872 \(fn)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18875 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18876
18877 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18878
18879 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18880 Ping HOST.
18881 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18882 `ping-program-options'.
18883
18884 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18887 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18888
18889 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18890
18891 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18892 Run nslookup program.
18893
18894 \(fn)" t nil)
18895
18896 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18897 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18898
18899 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18902 Run dig program.
18903
18904 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18905
18906 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18907 Run ftp program.
18908
18909 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18912 Finger USER on HOST.
18913
18914 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18917 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18918 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18919 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18920
18921 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18922
18923 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18924
18925
18926 \(fn)" t nil)
18927
18928 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18929 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18930
18931 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18932
18933 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18934 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18935
18936 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18937
18938 ;;;***
18939 \f
18940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21710 25465 244934
18941 ;;;;;; 604000))
18942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18943
18944 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18945 Return a user name/password pair.
18946 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18947 listed in the PORTS list.
18948
18949 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18950
18951 ;;;***
18952 \f
18953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21710
18954 ;;;;;; 25547 143569 481000))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18956
18957 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18958 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18959 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18960 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18961 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18962 closes it.
18963
18964 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18965 make it unique.
18966 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18967 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18968 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18969 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18970 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18971 a port number to connect to.
18972
18973 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18974 values:
18975
18976 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18977 nil or `network'
18978 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18979 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18980 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18981 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18982 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18983 an unencrypted connection.
18984 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18985 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18986 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18987 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18988 returned object is a killed process.
18989 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18990 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18991 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18992
18993 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18994 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18995 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18996 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18997 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18998 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18999 or nil if none could be found.
19000 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19001 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19002
19003 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19004
19005 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19006 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19007 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19008
19009 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19010 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19011 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19012
19013 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19014 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19015 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19016
19017 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19018 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19019 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19020 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19021
19022 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19023 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19024
19025 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19026 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19027 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19028 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19029 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19030 or STARTTLS connections.
19031
19032 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19033 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19034
19035 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19036 a greeting from the server.
19037
19038 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19039 asynchronously, if possible.
19040
19041 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19042
19043 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19044
19045 ;;;***
19046 \f
19047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21710
19048 ;;;;;; 25547 144569 476000))
19049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19050
19051 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19052 Check whether newsticker is running.
19053 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19054 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19055
19056 \(fn)" nil nil)
19057
19058 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19059 Start the newsticker.
19060 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19061 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19062 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19063 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19064
19065 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19066
19067 ;;;***
19068 \f
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19070 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 144569 476000))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19072
19073 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19074 Start newsticker plainview.
19075
19076 \(fn)" t nil)
19077
19078 ;;;***
19079 \f
19080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21710
19081 ;;;;;; 25547 144569 476000))
19082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19083
19084 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19085 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19086
19087 \(fn)" t nil)
19088
19089 ;;;***
19090 \f
19091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21710
19092 ;;;;;; 25547 145569 472000))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19094
19095 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19096 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19097 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19098 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19099 empty.
19100
19101 \(fn)" nil nil)
19102
19103 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19104 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19105 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19106 running already.
19107
19108 \(fn)" t nil)
19109
19110 ;;;***
19111 \f
19112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21710
19113 ;;;;;; 25547 145569 472000))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19115
19116 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19117 Start newsticker treeview.
19118
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19120
19121 ;;;***
19122 \f
19123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21710 25547
19124 ;;;;;; 145569 472000))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19126 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19127
19128 ;;;***
19129 \f
19130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21710 25465 185934
19131 ;;;;;; 867000))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19133
19134 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19135 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19136
19137 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19138
19139 ;;;***
19140 \f
19141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21710 25465 185934
19142 ;;;;;; 867000))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19144
19145 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19146 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19147 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19148 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19149 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19150 symbol in the alist.
19151
19152 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19153
19154 ;;;***
19155 \f
19156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21710 25547
19157 ;;;;;; 114569 610000))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19159
19160 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19161 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19162 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19163
19164 \(fn)" t nil)
19165
19166 ;;;***
19167 \f
19168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21710 25465 188934 854000))
19169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19170
19171 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19172 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19173
19174 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19175
19176 ;;;***
19177 \f
19178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21710 25465 254934 560000))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19180
19181 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19182
19183 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19184 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19185 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19186
19187 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19188
19189
19190 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19191
19192 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19193 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19194 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19195 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19196 to future sessions.
19197
19198 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19199
19200 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19201 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19202 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19203 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19204 future sessions.
19205
19206 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19207
19208 ;;;***
19209 \f
19210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21710
19211 ;;;;;; 25465 352934 123000))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19213
19214 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19215 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19216 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19217 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19218 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19219 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19220
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19222
19223 ;;;***
19224 \f
19225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21710 25547 146569 467000))
19226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19227 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19228
19229 ;;;***
19230 \f
19231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21710 25465
19232 ;;;;;; 254934 560000))
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19234
19235 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19236 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19237 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19238 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19239
19240 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21710 25547
19245 ;;;;;; 150569 450000))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19247
19248 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19249 Major mode for editing XML.
19250
19251 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19252 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19253 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19254 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19255 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19256 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19257 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19258
19259 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19260
19261 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19262 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19263
19264 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19265 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19266 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19267 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19268 instead of C-c.
19269
19270 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19271 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19272 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19273 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19274 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19275 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19276
19277 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19278 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19279 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19280
19281 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19282 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19283 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19284
19285 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19286 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19287 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19288 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19289 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19290 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19291 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19292 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19293 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19294
19295 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19296
19297 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19298 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19299
19300 \(fn)" t nil)
19301 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19302
19303 ;;;***
19304 \f
19305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21710 25465
19306 ;;;;;; 255934 555000))
19307 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19308
19309 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19310 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19311 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19312 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19313
19314 \(fn)" t nil)
19315
19316 ;;;***
19317 \f
19318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21710 25547
19319 ;;;;;; 185569 293000))
19320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19321
19322 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19323 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19324
19325 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19326 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19327 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19328 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19329
19330 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19331
19332 Key bindings:
19333 \\{octave-mode-map}
19334
19335 \(fn)" t nil)
19336
19337 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19338 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19339 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19340
19341 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19342
19343 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19344 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19345
19346 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19347 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19348 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19349
19350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19351
19352 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21710 25547
19357 ;;;;;; 185569 293000))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19359
19360 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19361
19362 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19363 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19364 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19365 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19366 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19367
19368 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19369
19370 Customization:
19371
19372 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19373 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19374 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19375 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19376 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19377 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19378 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19379 Directories to search when finding external units.
19380 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19381 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19382
19383 Coloring:
19384
19385 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19386 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19387
19388 \(fn)" t nil)
19389
19390 ;;;***
19391 \f
19392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21710 25547 163569 392000))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19394
19395 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19396 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19397
19398 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19399
19400 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19401 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19402 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19403 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19404 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19405 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19406
19407 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19408
19409 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19410 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19411 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19412 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19413 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19414
19415 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19416
19417 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19418 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19419
19420 \(fn)" nil nil)
19421
19422 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19423 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19424
19425 \(fn)" nil nil)
19426
19427 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19428 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19429 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19430
19431 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19432 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19433 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19434 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19435 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19436 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19437 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19438 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19439 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19440 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19441
19442 The following commands are available:
19443
19444 \\{org-mode-map}
19445
19446 \(fn)" t nil)
19447
19448 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19449 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19450
19451 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19452 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19453 in special contexts.
19454
19455 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19456 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19457 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19458 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19459 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19460 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19461 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19462 properties in the buffer.
19463 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19464 including any drawers.
19465
19466 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19467
19468 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19469 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19470 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19471 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19472 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19473 and zoom in further.
19474 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19475 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19476
19477 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19478 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19479 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19480 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19481 times right after creating a new headline.
19482
19483 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19484 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19485 is negative, go up that many levels.
19486
19487 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19488 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19489 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19490
19491 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19492 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19493 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19494 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19495
19496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19497
19498 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19499 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19500 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19501 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19502
19503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19504 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19505
19506 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19507 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19508 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19509 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19510 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19511 defined by Org-mode).
19512
19513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19514
19515 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19516 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19517
19518 \(fn)" nil nil)
19519
19520 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19521 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19522
19523 \(fn)" nil nil)
19524
19525 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19526 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19527 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19528 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19529 call CMD.
19530
19531 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19532
19533 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19534 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19535 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19536 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19537
19538 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19539 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19540 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19541
19542 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19543 part of Org's core.
19544
19545 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19546 active region.
19547
19548 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19549
19550 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19551 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19552 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19553
19554 \(fn)" t nil)
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19557 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19558 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19559 Org-mode syntax.
19560
19561 \(fn)" t nil)
19562
19563 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19564 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19565
19566 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19567
19568 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19569 Switch between Org buffers.
19570 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19571 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19572
19573 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19574 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19575
19576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19577
19578 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19579
19580 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19581
19582 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19583 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19584 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19585 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19586
19587 \(fn)" t nil)
19588
19589 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19590 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19591
19592 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19593
19594 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19595 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19596 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19597
19598 \(fn)" t nil)
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19601 Reload all org lisp files.
19602 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19603
19604 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19605
19606 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19607 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19608
19609 \(fn)" t nil)
19610
19611 ;;;***
19612 \f
19613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21710 25465
19614 ;;;;;; 277934 457000))
19615 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19616
19617 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19618 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19619
19620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19621
19622 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19623 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19624 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19625 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19626
19627 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19628 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19629 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19630 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19631 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19632 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19633 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19634 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19635 e Export views to associated files.
19636 s Search entries for keywords.
19637 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19638 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19639 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19640 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19641 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19642 > Remove a previous restriction.
19643 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19644 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19645 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19646
19647 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19648 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19649 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19650
19651 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19652 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19653 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19654 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19655 \(if active).
19656
19657 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19660 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19661 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19662 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19663 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19664 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19665 before running the agenda command.
19666
19667 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19670 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19671 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19672 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19673 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19674 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19675 before running the agenda command.
19676
19677 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19678 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19679
19680 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19681
19682 category The category of the item
19683 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19684 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19685 todo selected in TODO match
19686 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19687 diary imported from diary
19688 deadline a deadline on given date
19689 scheduled scheduled on given date
19690 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19691 closed entry was closed on given date
19692 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19693 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19694 block entry has date block including g. date
19695 todo The todo keyword, if any
19696 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19697 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19698 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19699 extra Sting with extra planning info
19700 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19701 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19702 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19703
19704 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19705
19706 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19707 Store agenda views.
19708
19709 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19712 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19713
19714 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19715
19716 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19717 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19718 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19719 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19720
19721 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19722 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19723 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19724
19725 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19726 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19727
19728 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19729 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19730
19731 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19732
19733 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19734 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19735
19736 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19737 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19738 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19739 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19740 EDIT-AT.
19741
19742 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19743 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19744 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19745 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19746 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19747 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19748
19749 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19750 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19751 including newlines.
19752
19753 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19754 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19755 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19756 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19757 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19758 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19759 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19760
19761 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19762 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19763 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19764 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19765
19766 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19767 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19768 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19769 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19770 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19771 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19772 Boolean search must match as full words.
19773
19774 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19775 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19776
19777 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19778
19779 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19780 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19781 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19782 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19783 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19784 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19785
19786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19787
19788 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19789 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19790 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19791
19792 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19793
19794 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19795 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19796 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19797 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19798 `org-stuck-projects'.
19799
19800 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19803 Return diary information from org files.
19804 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19805 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19806 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19807 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19808 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19809
19810 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19811
19812 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19813
19814 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19815 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19816
19817 &%%(org-diary)
19818
19819 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19820 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19821 So the example above may also be written as
19822
19823 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19824
19825 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19826 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19827 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19828
19829 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19830
19831 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19832 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19833
19834 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19835
19836 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19837 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19838 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19839 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19840 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19841
19842 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19843
19844 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19845 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19846 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19847
19848 \(fn)" t nil)
19849
19850 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19851 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19852 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19853 appointments.
19854
19855 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19856 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19857
19858 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19859 for filtering entries out.
19860
19861 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19862 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19863 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19864
19865 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19866 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19867
19868 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19869 (category \"Work\"))
19870
19871 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19872 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19873
19874 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19875 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19876 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19877 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19878 details and examples.
19879
19880 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19881 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19882
19883 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19884
19885 ;;;***
19886 \f
19887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21710 25465
19888 ;;;;;; 278934 453000))
19889 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19892 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19893
19894 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19895
19896 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19897 Capture something.
19898 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19899 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19900 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19901 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19902 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19903 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19904
19905 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19906 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19907 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19908 stored.
19909
19910 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19911
19912 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19913 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19914 will be bypassed.
19915
19916 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19917 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19918 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19919 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19920
19921 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19922
19923 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19924 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19925
19926 \(fn)" t nil)
19927
19928 ;;;***
19929 \f
19930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21710 25465
19931 ;;;;;; 278934 453000))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19933
19934 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19935 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19936
19937 \(fn)" t nil)
19938
19939 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19940
19941
19942 \(fn)" nil nil)
19943
19944 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19945 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19946 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19947
19948 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19949
19950 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19951 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19952
19953 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19954
19955 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19956 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19957
19958 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19959
19960 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19961 Write the column view table.
19962 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19963
19964 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19965 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19966 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19967 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19968 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19969 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19970 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19971 using `org-id-find'.
19972 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19973 a hline before each level <= that number.
19974 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19975 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19976 :skip-empty-rows
19977 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19978 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19979
19980 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19981
19982 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19983 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19984
19985 \(fn)" t nil)
19986
19987 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19988 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19989
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19991
19992 ;;;***
19993 \f
19994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21710 25547
19995 ;;;;;; 157569 418000))
19996 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19997
19998 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19999 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20000
20001 \(fn)" nil t)
20002
20003 ;;;***
20004 \f
20005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21710 25465 281934
20006 ;;;;;; 439000))
20007 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20008
20009 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20010 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20011
20012 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20013
20014 ;;;***
20015 \f
20016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21710 25465
20017 ;;;;;; 284934 426000))
20018 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20019
20020 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20021 The release version of org-mode.
20022 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20023
20024 \(fn)" nil nil)
20025
20026 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20027 The Git version of org-mode.
20028 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20029
20030 \(fn)" nil nil)
20031
20032 ;;;***
20033 \f
20034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21710 25547 165569
20035 ;;;;;; 382000))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20037 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20038 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20039
20040 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20041 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20042 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20043 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20044
20045 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20046 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20047 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20048 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20049
20050 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20051 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20052 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20053 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20054 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20055 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20056
20057 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20058 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20059 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20060
20061 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20062 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20063 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20064 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20065 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20066 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20067 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20068 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20069 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20070 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20071 The subheadings remain visible.
20072 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20073
20074 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20075 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20076 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20077
20078 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20079 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20080
20081 \(fn)" t nil)
20082
20083 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20084 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20086 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20087 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20088
20089 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20090
20091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20092 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20093
20094 ;;;***
20095 \f
20096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21710 25547
20097 ;;;;;; 84569 744000))
20098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20099 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20100
20101 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20102 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20103 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20104 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20105 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20106
20107 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20108 activate the package system at any time.")
20109
20110 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20111
20112 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20113 Install the package PKG.
20114 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20115 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20116
20117 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20120 Install a package from the current buffer.
20121 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20122 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20123 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20124
20125 \(fn)" t nil)
20126
20127 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20128 Install a package from a file.
20129 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20130
20131 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20132
20133 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20134 Import keys from FILE.
20135
20136 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20137
20138 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20139 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20140 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20141 makes them available for download.
20142
20143 \(fn)" t nil)
20144
20145 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20146 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20147 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20148 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20149
20150 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20151
20152 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20153 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20154
20155 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20158 Display a list of packages.
20159 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20160 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20161 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20162
20163 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20164
20165 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20166
20167 ;;;***
20168 \f
20169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21710 25547 165569 382000))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20171
20172 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20173 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20174 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20176 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20177 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20178
20179 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20180
20181 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20182 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20183 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20184 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20185 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20186
20187 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20188 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20189 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20190
20191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20192
20193 ;;;***
20194 \f
20195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21710
20196 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20198 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20199
20200 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20201 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20202 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20203 unknown are returned as nil.
20204
20205 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20206
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21710 25465
20210 ;;;;;; 323934 252000))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20212
20213 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20214 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20215 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20216
20217 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20218 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20219
20220 Other useful functions are:
20221
20222 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20223 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20224 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20225 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20226 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20227 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20228 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20229 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20230 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20231
20232 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20233
20234 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20235 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20236 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20237 Indentation for case statements.
20238 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20239 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20240 mark after an end.
20241 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20242 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20243 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20244 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20245 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20246 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20247 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20248 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20249 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20250 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20251
20252 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20253 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20254
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20256
20257 ;;;***
20258 \f
20259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21710
20260 ;;;;;; 25465 293934 386000))
20261 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20262
20263 (defvar password-cache t "\
20264 Whether to cache passwords.")
20265
20266 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20267
20268 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20269 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20270 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20271
20272 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20273
20274 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20275 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20276
20277 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20278
20279 ;;;***
20280 \f
20281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21710 25547
20282 ;;;;;; 84569 744000))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20284
20285 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20286 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20287 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20288
20289 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20290 _ matches anything.
20291 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20292 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20293 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20294 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20295 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20296 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20297 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20298 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20299 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20300 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20301
20302 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20303 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20304 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20305 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20306 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20307 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20308
20309 PRED can take the form
20310 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20311 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20312 which is the value being matched.
20313 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20314 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20315 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20316 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20317 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20318
20319 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20320
20321 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20322
20323 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20324 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20325 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20326 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20327
20328 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20329
20330 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20331
20332 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20333 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20334 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20335 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20336
20337 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20338
20339 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20340
20341 ;;;***
20342 \f
20343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21710 25465 293934
20344 ;;;;;; 386000))
20345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20346
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20348 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20349
20350 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351
20352 ;;;***
20353 \f
20354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21710 25547 165569
20355 ;;;;;; 382000))
20356 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20357
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20359 Completion for `gzip'.
20360
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20364 Completion for `bzip2'.
20365
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367
20368 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20369 Completion for GNU `make'.
20370
20371 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372
20373 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20374 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20375
20376 \(fn)" nil nil)
20377
20378 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20379
20380 ;;;***
20381 \f
20382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21710 25465
20383 ;;;;;; 293934 386000))
20384 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20385
20386 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20387 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20388
20389 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390
20391 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20392 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20393
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395
20396 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20397 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20398
20399 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21710 25465 293934
20404 ;;;;;; 386000))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20406
20407 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20408 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20409
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21710 25465 293934
20415 ;;;;;; 386000))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20419 Completion for `cd'.
20420
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422
20423 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20424
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20426 Completion for `rmdir'.
20427
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20431 Completion for `rm'.
20432
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20436 Completion for `xargs'.
20437
20438 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439
20440 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20441
20442 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20443 Completion for `which'.
20444
20445 \(fn)" nil nil)
20446
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20448 Completion for the `chown' command.
20449
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451
20452 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20453 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20454
20455 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20458 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20459
20460 \(fn)" nil nil)
20461
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20463 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20464 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20465
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21710 25465 293934
20471 ;;;;;; 386000))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20475 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20476
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20480 Completion for the `ack' command.
20481 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20482 long options.
20483
20484 \(fn)" nil nil)
20485
20486 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20489 Completion for the `ag' command.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 ;;;***
20494 \f
20495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21710 25465 293934
20496 ;;;;;; 386000))
20497 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20498
20499 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20500 Support extensible programmable completion.
20501 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20502 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20503
20504 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20507 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20508
20509 \(fn)" t nil)
20510
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20512 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20513 This will modify the current buffer.
20514
20515 \(fn)" t nil)
20516
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20518 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20519
20520 \(fn)" t nil)
20521
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20523 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20524 This will modify the current buffer.
20525
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20529 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20530
20531 \(fn)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20534 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20535
20536 \(fn)" t nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20539 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20540 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20541 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20542 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20543
20544 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20547 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 ;;;***
20552 \f
20553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21710 25465 371934 38000))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20555
20556 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20557 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20558 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20559 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20560
20561 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20562
20563 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20566 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20567 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20568 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20569 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20570 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20571 FLAGS is ignored.
20572
20573 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20576 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20577 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20578 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20579 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20580 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20581 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20582 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20583
20584 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20587 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20588 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20589 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20590 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20591 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20592 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20593 passed to cvs.
20594
20595 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20596
20597 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20598 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20599 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20600 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20601 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20602 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20603 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20604
20605 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20606
20607 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20608 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20609 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20610
20611 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20612
20613 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20614 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20615 A value of nil means never do it.
20616 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20617 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20618 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20619
20620 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20621
20622 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20623 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20624 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20625
20626 ;;;***
20627 \f
20628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21710 25465
20629 ;;;;;; 370934 43000))
20630 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20631
20632 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20633 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20634
20635 ;;;***
20636 \f
20637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21710
20638 ;;;;;; 25547 185569 293000))
20639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20640 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20641 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20642 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20643 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20644 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20645 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20646
20647 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20648 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20649 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20650 Tab indents for Perl code.
20651 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20652 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20654 \\{perl-mode-map}
20655 Variables controlling indentation style:
20656 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20657 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20658 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20659 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20660 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20661 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20662 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20663 `perl-nochange'
20664 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20665 `perl-indent-level'
20666 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20667 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20668 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20669 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20670 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20671 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20672 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20673 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20674 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20675 `perl-brace-offset'
20676 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20677 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20678 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20679 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20680 `perl-label-offset'
20681 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20682 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20683 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20684
20685 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20686 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20687 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20688 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20689 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20690 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20691 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20692
20693 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20694
20695 \(fn)" t nil)
20696
20697 ;;;***
20698 \f
20699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21710 25465
20700 ;;;;;; 352934 123000))
20701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20702
20703 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20704 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20705 \\<picture-mode-map>
20706 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20707 afterwards settable by these commands:
20708
20709 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20710 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20711 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20712 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20713
20714 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20715 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20716 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20717 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20718
20719 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20720 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20721 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20722 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20723
20724 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20725 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20726 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20727 with these commands:
20728
20729 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20730 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20731 Move to column following last
20732 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20733 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20734 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20735 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20736 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20737 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20738
20739 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20740
20741 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20742 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20743 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20744 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20745 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20746 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20747
20748 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20749 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20750 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20751 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20752 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20753 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20754 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20755
20756 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20757 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20758 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20759 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20760 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20761 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20762 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20763 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20764
20765 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20766 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20767 by supplying an argument.
20768
20769 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20770
20771 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20772 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20773
20774 \(fn)" t nil)
20775
20776 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20777
20778 ;;;***
20779 \f
20780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21710 25465 190934
20781 ;;;;;; 845000))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20783
20784 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20785 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20786
20787 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20790 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20791
20792 \(fn)" t nil)
20793
20794 ;;;***
20795 \f
20796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21710 25465 352934
20797 ;;;;;; 123000))
20798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20799
20800 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20801 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20802 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20803
20804 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20805
20806 ;;;***
20807 \f
20808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21710 25465 297934 368000))
20809 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20810
20811 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20812 Play pong and waste time.
20813 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20814 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20815
20816 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20817
20818 \\{pong-mode-map}
20819
20820 \(fn)" t nil)
20821
20822 ;;;***
20823 \f
20824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21710 25547 117569 596000))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20826
20827 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20828 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20829 Use streaming commands.
20830
20831 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20832
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21710 25547 84569
20836 ;;;;;; 744000))
20837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20838
20839 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20840 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20841 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20842 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20843
20844 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20845
20846 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20847 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20848
20849 \(fn)" nil nil)
20850
20851 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20852 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20853 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20854 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20855 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20856
20857 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20858
20859 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20860 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20861 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20862
20863 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864
20865 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20866 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20867
20868 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20869
20870 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20871 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20872 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20873 Ignores leading comment characters.
20874
20875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20878 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20879 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20880 Ignores leading comment characters.
20881
20882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20883
20884 ;;;***
20885 \f
20886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21710 25547 168569
20887 ;;;;;; 369000))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20889 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20890
20891 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20892 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20893
20894 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20895
20896 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20897
20898 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20899
20900 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20901 Preview directory using ghostview.
20902
20903 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20904 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20905 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20906 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20907
20908 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20909 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20910 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20911 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20912 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20913 file name.
20914
20915 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20916
20917 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20918
20919 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20920 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20921
20922 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20923 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20924 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20925 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20926
20927 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20928 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20929 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20930 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20931 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20932 file name.
20933
20934 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20935
20936 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20937
20938 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20939 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20940
20941 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20942 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20943 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20944 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20945
20946 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20947 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20948 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20949 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20950 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20951 file name.
20952
20953 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20954
20955 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956
20957 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20958 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20959
20960 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20961
20962 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20963 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20964 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20965 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20966
20967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20968 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20969 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20970 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20971 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20972 file name.
20973
20974 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20975
20976 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20979 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20980
20981 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20982 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20983 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20984
20985 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20986 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20987 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20988 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20989
20990 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20991
20992 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20993 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20994
20995 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20996 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20997 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20998
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21000 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21001 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21002 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21003
21004 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21007 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21008
21009 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21010 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21011 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21012
21013 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21014 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21015 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21016 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21017
21018 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21021 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21022
21023 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21024
21025 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21026 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21027 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21028
21029 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21030 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21031 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21032 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21033
21034 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035
21036 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21037 Preview region using ghostview.
21038
21039 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21040
21041 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042
21043 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21044 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21045
21046 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21047
21048 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21051 Print region using PostScript printer.
21052
21053 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21054
21055 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21056
21057 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21058 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21059
21060 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21061
21062 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21065 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21066
21067 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21068
21069 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21072 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21073
21074 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21075
21076 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21079 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21080
21081 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21082
21083 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21086 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21087
21088 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21089
21090 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21091
21092 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21093 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21094 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21095 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21096
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21098 matching.
21099
21100 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21101 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21102
21103 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21104
21105 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21108 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21109 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21110 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21111
21112 \(fn)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21115 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21116 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21117 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21118
21119 \(fn)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21122 Print directory using text printer.
21123
21124 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21125 matching.
21126
21127 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21128 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21129
21130 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21131
21132 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21135 Print buffer using text printer.
21136
21137 \(fn)" t nil)
21138
21139 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21140 Print region using text printer.
21141
21142 \(fn)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21145 Print major mode using text printer.
21146
21147 \(fn)" t nil)
21148
21149 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21150 Preview spooled PostScript.
21151
21152 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21153 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21154 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21155
21156 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21157 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21158 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21159
21160 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21161
21162 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21163 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21164
21165 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21166 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21167 instead of sending it to the printer.
21168
21169 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21170 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21171 image in a file with that name.
21172
21173 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21176 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21177
21178 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21179 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21180 instead of sending it to the printer.
21181
21182 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21183 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21184 image in a file with that name.
21185
21186 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21189 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21190
21191 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21192 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21193 instead of sending it to the printer.
21194
21195 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21196 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21197 image in a file with that name.
21198
21199 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21202 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21203
21204 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21207 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21208
21209 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21212 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21213
21214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21217 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21218
21219 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21222 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21223
21224 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21227 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21228
21229 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21230 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21231 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21232 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21233
21234 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21235 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21236 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21237 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21238 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21239 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21240 file name.
21241
21242 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21245 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21246
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21250 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21251
21252 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21253 right.
21254 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21255 bottom.
21256
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21260 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21261
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21270 Toggle printing with faces.
21271
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21275 Toggle spooling.
21276
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21280 Toggle duplex.
21281
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21285 Toggle tumble.
21286
21287 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21288 right.
21289 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21290 bottom.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21295 Toggle landscape.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21300 Toggle upside-down.
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21305 Toggle line number.
21306
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21310 Toggle zebra stripes.
21311
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21315 Toggle printing header.
21316
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21320 Toggle printing header frame.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21325 Toggle menu lock.
21326
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21330 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21335 Toggle auto mode.
21336
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21340 Customization of the `printing' group.
21341
21342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21345 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21346
21347 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21350 Help for the printing package.
21351
21352 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21355 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21356
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21360 Interactively select a text printer.
21361
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21365 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21366
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21370 Show current ps-print settings.
21371
21372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21375 Show current printing settings.
21376
21377 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21380 Show current lpr settings.
21381
21382 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21385 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21386
21387 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21388 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21389 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21390 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21391
21392
21393 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21394
21395 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21396 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21397 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21398
21399 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21400 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21401 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21402 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21403 current active printer.
21404
21405 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21406 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21407 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21408 printer.
21409
21410 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21411 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21412 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21413 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21414 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21415
21416
21417 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21418 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21419
21420 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21421
21422 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21423 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21424 be done using the new current active printer.
21425
21426 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21427 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21428 printer.
21429
21430 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21431 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21432 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21433 instead of sending it to the printer.
21434
21435 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21436 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21437 printer.
21438
21439 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21440
21441
21442 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21443 are both set to t.
21444
21445 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21448 Fast fire function for text printing.
21449
21450 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21451 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21452 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21453 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21454
21455 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21456 user for a new active text printer.
21457
21458 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21459
21460 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21461
21462 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21463 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21464 printer.
21465
21466 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21467
21468 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21469 are both set to t.
21470
21471 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21472
21473 ;;;***
21474 \f
21475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21710 25547 168569 369000))
21476 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21477
21478 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21479 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21480 \\<proced-mode-map>
21481 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21482 the process information.
21483
21484 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21485
21486 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21487 Proced buffers.
21488
21489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21490
21491 ;;;***
21492 \f
21493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21710 25465 299934
21494 ;;;;;; 359000))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21496
21497 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21498 Start/restart profilers.
21499 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21500 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21501 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21502
21503 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21506 Open profile FILENAME.
21507
21508 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21511 Open profile FILENAME.
21512
21513 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514
21515 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21516 Open profile FILENAME.
21517
21518 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21519
21520 ;;;***
21521 \f
21522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21710 25547
21523 ;;;;;; 186569 289000))
21524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21525
21526 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21527 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21528
21529 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21530 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21531
21532 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21533
21534 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21535 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21536
21537 Commands:
21538 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21539
21540 \(fn)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21543 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21544 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21545
21546 \(fn)" t nil)
21547
21548 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21549 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21550 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21551
21552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21553
21554 ;;;***
21555 \f
21556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21710 25465 334934 203000))
21557 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21558
21559 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21560 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21561 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21562
21563 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21564
21565 ;;;***
21566 \f
21567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21710 25547
21568 ;;;;;; 186569 289000))
21569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21570 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21571
21572 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21573 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21574
21575 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21576
21577 The following variables hold user options, and can
21578 be set through the `customize' command:
21579
21580 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21581 `ps-mode-tab'
21582 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21583 `ps-mode-print-function'
21584 `ps-run-prompt'
21585 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21586 `ps-run-x'
21587 `ps-run-dumb'
21588 `ps-run-init'
21589 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21590 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21591
21592 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21593
21594
21595 \\{ps-mode-map}
21596
21597
21598 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21599 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21600 The keymap for this second window is:
21601
21602 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21603
21604
21605 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21606 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21607 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21608 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21609 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21610
21611 \(fn)" t nil)
21612
21613 ;;;***
21614 \f
21615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21710 25547 197569
21616 ;;;;;; 240000))
21617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21618 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21619
21620 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21621 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21622 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21623
21624 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21625
21626 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21627 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21628 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21629 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21630
21631 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21632
21633 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21634 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21635
21636 Valid values are:
21637
21638 nil Do not print colors.
21639
21640 t Print colors.
21641
21642 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21643 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21644
21645 Any other value is treated as t.")
21646
21647 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21648
21649 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21650 Customization of ps-print group.
21651
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21653
21654 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21655 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21656
21657 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21658 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21659 sending it to the printer.
21660
21661 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21662 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21663 image in a file with that name.
21664
21665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21668 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21669 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21670 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21671 so it has a way to determine color values.
21672
21673 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21674
21675 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21676 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21677 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21678
21679 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21680
21681 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21682 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21683 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21684 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21685 so it has a way to determine color values.
21686
21687 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21688
21689 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21690 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21691 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21692 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21693
21694 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21695
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21699 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21700 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21701 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21702 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21703
21704 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21705
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21709 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21710 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21711
21712 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21713
21714 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21717 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21718 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21719 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21720 so it has a way to determine color values.
21721
21722 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21723
21724 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21727 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21728
21729 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21730 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21731 instead of sending it to the printer.
21732
21733 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21734 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21735 image in a file with that name.
21736
21737 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21740 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21741 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21742 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21743 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21744
21745 \(fn)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21748 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21749 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21750
21751 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21754 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21755 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21756
21757 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21760 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21761
21762 \(fn)" nil nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21765 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21766
21767 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21768 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21769
21770 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21771 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21772
21773 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21774
21775 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21776
21777 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21780 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21781
21782 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21783 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21784
21785 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21786 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21787
21788 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21789
21790 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21791
21792 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21793
21794 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21795 foreground and background colors respectively.
21796
21797 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21798 bold - use bold font.
21799 italic - use italic font.
21800 underline - put a line under text.
21801 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21802 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21803 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21804 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21805 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21806
21807 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21808
21809 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21810
21811 ;;;***
21812 \f
21813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21710 25547 64569
21814 ;;;;;; 833000))
21815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21816 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21817
21818 ;;;***
21819 \f
21820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21710 25547
21821 ;;;;;; 187569 284000))
21822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21823 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21824
21825 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21826
21827 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21828
21829 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21830 Run an inferior Python process.
21831 Input and output via buffer named after
21832 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21833 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21834
21835 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21836 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21837 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21838 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21839
21840 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21841 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21842 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21843
21844 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21847 Major mode for editing Python files.
21848
21849 \\{python-mode-map}
21850
21851 \(fn)" t nil)
21852
21853 ;;;***
21854 \f
21855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21710 25465 190934 845000))
21856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21857
21858 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21859 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21860 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21861 coding-system.
21862
21863 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21864 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21865
21866 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21867 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21868 them into characters should be done separately.
21869
21870 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21871
21872 ;;;***
21873 \f
21874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21710 25547
21875 ;;;;;; 125569 561000))
21876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21877
21878 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21879 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21880
21881 \(fn)" nil nil)
21882
21883 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21884 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21885 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21886
21887 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21888 `quail-activate', which see.
21889
21890 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21891
21892 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21893 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21894 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21895 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21896 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21897 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21898 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21899
21900 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21901 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21902 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21903 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21904 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21905 shown.
21906 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21907
21908 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21909 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21910 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21911 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21912 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21913 list of candidates.
21914
21915 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21916 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21917 command to be called.
21918
21919 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21920 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21921 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21922 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21923
21924 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21925 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21926 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21927 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21928 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21929 to t.
21930
21931 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21932 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21933 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21934 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21935
21936 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21937 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21938 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21939 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21940 defines no translations for single character keys.
21941
21942 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21943 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21944 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21945 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21946 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21947 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21948
21949 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21950 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21951 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21952 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21953 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21954 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21955
21956 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21957 covers Quail translation region.
21958
21959 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21960 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21961 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21962 for it) is inserted.
21963
21964 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21965 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21966 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21967
21968 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21969 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21970 non-Quail commands.
21971
21972 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21973
21974 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21975 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21976
21977 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21978 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21979 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21980 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21981 you type is correctly handled.
21982
21983 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21984
21985 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21986 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21987
21988 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21989 keyboard type.
21990
21991 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21992
21993 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21994 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21995 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21996 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21997 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21998 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21999 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22000 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22001 for the translation.
22002 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22003
22004 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22005 it is used to handle KEY.
22006
22007 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22008 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22009 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22010 the following annotation types are supported.
22011
22012 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22013 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22014
22015 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22016 candidate list.
22017
22018 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22019 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22020 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22021 inserted.
22022
22023 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22024 generated for the following translations.
22025
22026 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22027
22028 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22029 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22030
22031 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22032 which to install MAP.
22033
22034 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22035
22036 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22039 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22040
22041 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22042 which to install MAP.
22043
22044 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22045
22046 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22047
22048 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22049 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22050 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22051 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22052 a function, or a cons.
22053 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22054 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22055 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22056 for the translation.
22057 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22058 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22059 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22060 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22061 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22062
22063 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22064 it is used to handle KEY.
22065
22066 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22067 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22068 current Quail package.
22069
22070 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22071 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22072
22073 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22074
22075 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22076 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22077
22078 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22079 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22080
22081 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22082
22083 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22084 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22085
22086 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22087
22088 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22089 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22090 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22091 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22092 of the Emacs source tree.
22093
22094 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22095 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22096
22097 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22098 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22099 of each directory.
22100
22101 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22102
22103 ;;;***
22104 \f
22105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21710
22106 ;;;;;; 25465 220934 711000))
22107 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22108
22109 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22110 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22111 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22112 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22113
22114 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22115
22116 ;;;***
22117 \f
22118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22119 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 223934 698000))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22121
22122 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22123 Activate UCS input method.
22124 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22125
22126 While this input method is active, the variable
22127 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22128
22129 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22130
22131 ;;;***
22132 \f
22133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21710 25465 247934
22134 ;;;;;; 591000))
22135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22136
22137 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22138 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22139 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22140 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22141
22142 To make use of this do something like:
22143
22144 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22145
22146 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22147
22148 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22149 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22150
22151 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22152 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22153 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22154
22155 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22156
22157 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22158 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22159
22160 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22161
22162 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22163 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22164
22165 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22166 is decided.
22167
22168 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22169
22170 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22171 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22172
22173 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22174 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22175 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22176
22177 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178
22179 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22180 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22181
22182 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183
22184 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22185 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22186
22187 \(fn)" t nil)
22188
22189 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22190 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22191
22192 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22193
22194 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22195
22196 \(fn)" t nil)
22197
22198 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22199 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22200
22201 \(fn)" t nil)
22202
22203 ;;;***
22204 \f
22205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21710 25547 146569
22206 ;;;;;; 467000))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22208
22209 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22210 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22211
22212 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22213
22214 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22215
22216 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22217
22218 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22219
22220 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22221
22222
22223 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22224
22225 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22226 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22227 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22230 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22231
22232 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22233
22234 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22235 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22237 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22238 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22239
22240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22241
22242 ;;;***
22243 \f
22244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21710
22245 ;;;;;; 25465 135935 90000))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22247
22248 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22249
22250 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22251 Construct a regexp interactively.
22252 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22253 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22254 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22255
22256 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22257 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22258
22259 \(fn)" t nil)
22260
22261 ;;;***
22262 \f
22263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21710 25465 336934
22264 ;;;;;; 194000))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22266
22267 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22268 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22269 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22272 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22273
22274 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22275
22276 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22277 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22280 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22281
22282 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22283 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22284 were operated on recently.
22285
22286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22287
22288 ;;;***
22289 \f
22290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21710 25547 197569 240000))
22291 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22292
22293 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22294 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22295 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22296 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22297 ends.
22298
22299 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22300 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22301 to be deleted.
22302
22303 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22304
22305 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22306 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22307 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22308
22309 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22310 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22311 deleted.
22312
22313 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22314
22315 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22316 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22317 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22318
22319 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22322 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22323
22324 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22325 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22326
22327 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22328 deleted.
22329
22330 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22331 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22332 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22333 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22334 even beep.)
22335
22336 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22337
22338 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22339 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22340
22341 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22342
22343 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22344 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22345
22346 \(fn)" t nil)
22347
22348 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22349 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22350 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22351 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22352 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22353 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22354 and point is at the lower right corner.
22355
22356 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22359 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22360
22361 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22362 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22363
22364 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22365 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22366 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22367
22368 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22369
22370 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22371
22372 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22373 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22374 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22375 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22376 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22377
22378 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22379 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22380
22381 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22385 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22386
22387 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22388
22389 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22390
22391 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22392
22393 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22394 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22395
22396 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22398 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22399
22400 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22401
22402 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22404 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22405
22406 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22407 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22408 rectangle which were empty.
22409
22410 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22411
22412 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22413 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22414
22415 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22416 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22417 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22418 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22419
22420 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22421
22422 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22423 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22424 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22425
22426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22427
22428 ;;;***
22429 \f
22430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21710 25465
22431 ;;;;;; 353934 118000))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22433
22434 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22435 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22439
22440 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22441 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22442 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22443 auto-filling.
22444
22445 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22446
22447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22448
22449 ;;;***
22450 \f
22451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21710 25547
22452 ;;;;;; 212569 173000))
22453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22454
22455 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22456 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22457
22458 \(fn)" nil nil)
22459
22460 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22461 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22462
22463 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22464 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22465
22466 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22467 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22468 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22469 \\ref macro.
22470
22471 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22472 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22473 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22474
22475 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22476 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22477 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22478
22479 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22480 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22481
22482 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22483 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22484
22485 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22486 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22487 on the menu bar.
22488
22489 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22490
22491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22494 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22495 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22496
22497 \(fn)" nil nil)
22498
22499 ;;;***
22500 \f
22501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21710
22502 ;;;;;; 25547 209569 186000))
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22504
22505 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22506 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22507 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22508 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22509 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22510 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22511
22512 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22513
22514 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22515
22516 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22517 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22518 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22519 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22520 `reftex-cite-format'.
22521
22522 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22523 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22524 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22525 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22526
22527 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22528
22529 ;;;***
22530 \f
22531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22532 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 209569 186000))
22533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22534
22535 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22536 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22537 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22538 the current TeX document.
22539
22540 With no argument, this command toggles
22541 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22542 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22543
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545
22546 ;;;***
22547 \f
22548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22549 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 210569 182000))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22551
22552 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22553 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22554 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22555
22556 To insert new phrases, use
22557 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22558 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22559
22560 To index phrases use one of:
22561
22562 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22563 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22564 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22565 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22566 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22567
22568 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22569 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22570
22571 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22572
22573 Here are all local bindings.
22574
22575 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22576
22577 \(fn)" t nil)
22578
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22582 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 210569 182000))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22584
22585 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22586 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22587 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22588 of master file.
22589
22590 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22591
22592 ;;;***
22593 \f
22594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21710
22595 ;;;;;; 25547 211569 177000))
22596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22597 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22598 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22599 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22600 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22601
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21710
22605 ;;;;;; 25547 84569 744000))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22607
22608 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22609 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22610 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22611 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22612 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22613 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22614
22615 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22616 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22617
22618 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22619 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22620 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22621 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22622
22623 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22624
22625 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22626 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22627 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22628 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22629
22630 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22631
22632 ;;;***
22633 \f
22634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21710 25465 136935
22635 ;;;;;; 86000))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22637 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22638
22639 ;;;***
22640 \f
22641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21710 25547
22642 ;;;;;; 213569 169000))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22644 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22645
22646 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22647 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22648 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22649 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22650
22651 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22652
22653 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22656 Call `remember' in another frame.
22657
22658 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22661 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22662 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22663
22664 \(fn)" t nil)
22665
22666 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22667 Extract diary entries from the region.
22668
22669 \(fn)" nil nil)
22670
22671 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22672 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22673 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22674 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22675
22676 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22677
22678 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22679 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22680 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22681 minor mode.
22682
22683 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22684
22685 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22686 Return the buffer.
22687
22688 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22689 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22690 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22691
22692 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22693
22694 ;;;***
22695 \f
22696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21710 25465 336934 194000))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22698 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22699
22700 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22701 Repeat most recently executed command.
22702 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22703 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22704 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22705
22706 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22707 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22708 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22709 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22710
22711 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22712 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22713 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22714
22715 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22716
22717 ;;;***
22718 \f
22719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21710 25465
22720 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
22721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22722
22723 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22724 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22725
22726 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22727 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22728 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22729 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22730 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22731 and point is left after the salutation.
22732
22733 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22734 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22735 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22736 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22737 left after that text.
22738
22739 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22740 is non-nil.
22741
22742 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22743 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22744 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22745 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22746
22747 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22748
22749 ;;;***
22750 \f
22751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21710 25465 337934
22752 ;;;;;; 190000))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22754
22755 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22756 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22757 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22758 visibility of comments that precede it.
22759 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22760 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22761 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22762 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22763 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22764 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22765 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22766 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22767 the comment lines.
22768 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22769 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22770 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22771 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22772 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22773
22774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22775
22776 ;;;***
22777 \f
22778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21710 25547 197569 240000))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22780
22781 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22782 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22784 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22785 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22786
22787 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22788 reveals invisible text around point.
22789
22790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22791
22792 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22793 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22794 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22797 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22798
22799 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22800
22801 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22802 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22803 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22804
22805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22806 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22807 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22808
22809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22810
22811 ;;;***
22812 \f
22813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21710 25465 136935
22814 ;;;;;; 86000))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22816
22817 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22818 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22819
22820 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22821
22822 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22823 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22824
22825 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22826
22827 ;;;***
22828 \f
22829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21710 25465 247934
22830 ;;;;;; 591000))
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22832
22833 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22834 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22835 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22836 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22837
22838 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22839
22840 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22841 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22842 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22843 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22844
22845 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22846 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22847
22848 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22849 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22850
22851 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22852 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22853 INPUT-ARGS.
22854
22855 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22856 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22857 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22858 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22859 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22860
22861 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22862 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22863 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22864 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22865
22866 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22867 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22868 variable.
22869
22870 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22871
22872 ;;;***
22873 \f
22874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21710 25547 135569
22875 ;;;;;; 516000))
22876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22877
22878 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22879 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22880
22881 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22882
22883 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22886 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22887 Its name should end with a slash.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22890 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22891
22892 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22893 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22894 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22895
22896 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22897
22898 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22899 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22900 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22901 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22902 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22903 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22904 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22905
22906 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22907 sent by you under different user names.
22908 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22909
22910 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22911
22912 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22913
22914 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22915
22916 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22917 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22918 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22919 explicitly.")
22920
22921 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22922
22923 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22924 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22925 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22926 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22927 which normally happens once for each message,
22928 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22929 To make a change in this variable take effect
22930 for a message that you have already viewed,
22931 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22932
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22934
22935 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22936 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22937 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22938 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22943 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22944
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22946
22947 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22948 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22949 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22950
22951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22954 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22955 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22956 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22957 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22958 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22961
22962 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22963 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22964
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22966
22967 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22968 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22969
22970 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22971
22972 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22973 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22974
22975 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22976 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22977
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22981 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22982
22983 This is set to nil by default.")
22984
22985 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22986 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22987 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22988 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22989 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22990 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22991 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22992
22993 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22994 Read and edit incoming mail.
22995 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22996 file in RMAIL Mode.
22997 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22998
22999 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23000 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23001 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23002 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23003
23004 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23005
23006 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23007
23008 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23009 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23010 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23011 Instead, these commands are available:
23012
23013 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23014 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23015 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23016 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23017 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23018 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23019 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23020 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23021 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23022 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23023 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23024 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23025 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23026 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23027 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23028 till a deleted message is found.
23029 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23030 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23031 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23032 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23033 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23034 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23035 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23036 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23037 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23038 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23039 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23040 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23041 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23042 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23043 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23044 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23045 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23046 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23047 (label defaults to last one specified).
23048 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23049 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23050 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23051 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23052 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23053 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23054 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23055 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23056 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23057
23058 \(fn)" t nil)
23059
23060 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23061 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23062
23063 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23064
23065 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23066 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23067
23068 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23069
23070 ;;;***
23071 \f
23072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21710 25465
23073 ;;;;;; 228934 676000))
23074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23075 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23076
23077 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23078 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23079 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23080 case it writes Babyl.
23081
23082 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23083 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23084 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23085 `rmail-default-file'.
23086
23087 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23088 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23089 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23090
23091 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23092 the header display is currently pruned.
23093
23094 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23095 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23096 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23097 messages after output.
23098
23099 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23100 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23101 message (if writing a file directly).
23102
23103 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23104 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23105
23106 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23107
23108 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23109 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23110 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23111 i) the header is output as currently seen
23112 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23113 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23114
23115 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23116 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23117 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23118
23119 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23120
23121 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23122 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23123 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23124 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23125 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23126 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23127 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23128
23129 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23130 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23131 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23132
23133 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23134
23135 ;;;***
23136 \f
23137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21710 25465
23138 ;;;;;; 255934 555000))
23139 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23140
23141 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23142 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23143 Return a pattern.
23144
23145 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23146
23147 ;;;***
23148 \f
23149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21710 25465
23150 ;;;;;; 255934 555000))
23151 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23152
23153 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23154 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23155 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23156 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23157
23158 \(fn)" t nil)
23159
23160 ;;;***
23161 \f
23162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21710 25465
23163 ;;;;;; 256934 551000))
23164 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23165
23166 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23167 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23168
23169 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23170 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23171 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23172 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23173 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23174 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23175 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23176 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23177 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23178 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23179
23180 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23181 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23182 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23183 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23184 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23185 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23186 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23187 to use for finding the schema.
23188
23189 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23190
23191 ;;;***
23192 \f
23193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21710 25465 256934
23194 ;;;;;; 551000))
23195 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23196
23197 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23198
23199 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23200 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23201 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23202 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23203 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23204 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23205 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23206 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23207 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23208 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23209 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23210 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23211 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23212 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23213 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23214 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23215 must be equal.
23216
23217 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23218
23219 ;;;***
23220 \f
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21710 25465
23222 ;;;;;; 203934 787000))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23224
23225 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23226 Define a robin package.
23227
23228 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23229 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23230 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23231 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23232
23233 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23234 one replaces the old one.
23235
23236 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23237
23238 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23239 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23240
23241 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23242 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23243 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23244
23245 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23246
23247 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23248 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23249
23250 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23251
23252 ;;;***
23253 \f
23254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21710 25465 337934 190000))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23256
23257 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23258 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23259
23260 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23261
23262 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23263 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23264
23265 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23266
23267 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23268 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23269
23270 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23273 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23274 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23275
23276 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23277 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23278 in ROT13.
23279
23280 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23281
23282 \(fn)" t nil)
23283
23284 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23285 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23286
23287 \(fn)" t nil)
23288
23289 ;;;***
23290 \f
23291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21710 25547 213569
23292 ;;;;;; 169000))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23294 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23295
23296 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23297 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23298 \\<rst-mode-map>
23299
23300 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23301 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23302 highlighting.
23303
23304 \\{rst-mode-map}
23305
23306 \(fn)" t nil)
23307
23308 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23309 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23313
23314 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23315 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23316 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23317
23318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21710
23323 ;;;;;; 25547 188569 280000))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23325 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23326
23327 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23328 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23329
23330 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23331
23332 \(fn)" t nil)
23333
23334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23335
23336 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23337
23338 ;;;***
23339 \f
23340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21710 25547 198569
23341 ;;;;;; 235000))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23343 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23344
23345 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23346 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23347 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23348
23349 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23350 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23352 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23353 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23354
23355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23356
23357 ;;;***
23358 \f
23359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21710 25465 136935
23360 ;;;;;; 86000))
23361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23362
23363 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23364 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23365 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23366 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23367
23368 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23369
23370 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23371 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23372 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23373
23374 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23375 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23376 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23377
23378 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23379 notation.
23380
23381 STRING
23382 matches string STRING literally.
23383
23384 CHAR
23385 matches character CHAR literally.
23386
23387 `not-newline', `nonl'
23388 matches any character except a newline.
23389
23390 `anything'
23391 matches any character
23392
23393 `(any SET ...)'
23394 `(in SET ...)'
23395 `(char SET ...)'
23396 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23397 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23398 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23399
23400 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23401 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23402 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23403 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23404
23405 `(not (any SET ...))'
23406 matches any character not in SET ...
23407
23408 `line-start', `bol'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23410 in the text being matched
23411
23412 `line-end', `eol'
23413 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23414
23415 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23416 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23417 string being matched against.
23418
23419 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23421 string being matched against.
23422
23423 `buffer-start'
23424 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23425 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23426
23427 `buffer-end'
23428 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23429 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23430
23431 `point'
23432 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23433
23434 `word-start', `bow'
23435 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23436
23437 `word-end', `eow'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23439
23440 `word-boundary'
23441 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23442 word.
23443
23444 `(not word-boundary)'
23445 `not-word-boundary'
23446 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23447 word.
23448
23449 `symbol-start'
23450 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23451
23452 `symbol-end'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23454
23455 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23456 matches 0 through 9.
23457
23458 `control', `cntrl'
23459 matches ASCII control characters.
23460
23461 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23462 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23463
23464 `blank'
23465 matches space and tab only.
23466
23467 `graphic', `graph'
23468 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23469 space, and DEL.
23470
23471 `printing', `print'
23472 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23473 and DEL.
23474
23475 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23476 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23477 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23478
23479 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23480 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23481 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23482
23483 `ascii'
23484 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23485
23486 `nonascii'
23487 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23488
23489 `lower', `lower-case'
23490 matches anything lower-case.
23491
23492 `upper', `upper-case'
23493 matches anything upper-case.
23494
23495 `punctuation', `punct'
23496 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23497 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23498
23499 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23500 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23501
23502 `word', `wordchar'
23503 matches anything that has word syntax.
23504
23505 `not-wordchar'
23506 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23507
23508 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23509 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23510 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23511 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23512
23513 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23514 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23515 `word' (\\sw)
23516 `symbol' (\\s_)
23517 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23518 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23519 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23520 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23521 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23522 `escape' (\\s\\)
23523 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23524 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23525 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23526 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23527 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23528
23529 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23530 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23531
23532 `(category CATEGORY)'
23533 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23534 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23535
23536 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23537 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23538 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23539 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23540 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23541 `symbol' (\\c5)
23542 `digit' (\\c6)
23543 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23544 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23545 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23546 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23547 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23548 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23549 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23550 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23551 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23552 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23553 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23554 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23555 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23556 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23557 `ascii' (\\ca)
23558 `arabic' (\\cb)
23559 `chinese' (\\cc)
23560 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23561 `greek' (\\cg)
23562 `korean' (\\ch)
23563 `indian' (\\ci)
23564 `japanese' (\\cj)
23565 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23566 `latin' (\\cl)
23567 `lao' (\\co)
23568 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23569 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23570 `thai' (\\ct)
23571 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23572 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23573 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23574 `can-break' (\\c|)
23575
23576 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23577 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23578
23579 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23581 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23582 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23584
23585 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23586 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23587 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23588 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23589
23590 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23591 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23592 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23593 group number N.
23594
23595 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23596 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23597 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23598 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23599 regular expression.
23600
23601 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23602 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23603 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23604 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23605 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23606
23607 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23608 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23609
23610 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23611 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23612
23613 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23614 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23615 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23616
23617 `(* SEXP ...)'
23618 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23619 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23620
23621 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23622 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23623 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23624
23625 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23626 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23627 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23628
23629 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23630 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23631
23632 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23633 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23634
23635 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23636 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23637 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23638 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23639
23640 `(? SEXP ...)'
23641 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23642
23643 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23644 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23645
23646 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23647 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23648 matches N occurrences.
23649
23650 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23651 matches N or more occurrences.
23652
23653 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23654 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23655 matches N to M occurrences.
23656
23657 `(backref N)'
23658 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23659
23660 `(eval FORM)'
23661 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23662 `regexp-quote' it.
23663
23664 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23665 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23666
23667 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23668
23669 ;;;***
23670 \f
23671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21710 25465
23672 ;;;;;; 248934 587000))
23673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23674 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23675
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21710 25547 198569
23679 ;;;;;; 235000))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23681 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23682
23683 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23684 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23685 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23688 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23689
23690 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23691
23692 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23693 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23697
23698 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23699 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23700 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23701 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23702
23703 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23704 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23705 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23706
23707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23708
23709 ;;;***
23710 \f
23711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21710 25547
23712 ;;;;;; 188569 280000))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23714
23715 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23716 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23717 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23718
23719 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23720 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23721 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23722 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23723 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23724 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23725 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23726 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23727
23728 Commands:
23729 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23730 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23731 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23732
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23734
23735 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23736 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23737 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23738
23739 Commands:
23740 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23741 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23742 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23743 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23744 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23745 that variable's value is a string.
23746
23747 \(fn)" t nil)
23748
23749 ;;;***
23750 \f
23751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21710 25465
23752 ;;;;;; 190934 845000))
23753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23754
23755 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23756 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23757 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23758
23759 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23760
23761 \(fn)" t nil)
23762
23763 ;;;***
23764 \f
23765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21710 25547 198569
23766 ;;;;;; 235000))
23767 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23768
23769 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23770 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23771 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23774 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23775
23776 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23777
23778 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23779 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23781 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23782 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23783
23784 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23785 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23786
23787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23788
23789 ;;;***
23790 \f
23791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21710 25465
23792 ;;;;;; 337934 190000))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23794
23795 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23796 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23798 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23799 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23800 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23801 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23802 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23803
23804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21710 25465 248934
23809 ;;;;;; 587000))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23811 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23812 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23813
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21710 25547
23817 ;;;;;; 64569 833000))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23819 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23820
23821 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23822 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23823 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23824
23825 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23826 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23827 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23828 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23829 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23830 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23831 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23832 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23833 keybinding for tag names.
23834 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23835 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23836 of the symbol under point.
23837 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23838 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23839 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23840 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23841 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23842 syntax tokens.
23843 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23844
23845 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23846
23847 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23848 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23849 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23852 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23853
23854 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23855
23856 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23857 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23859 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23860 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23861
23862 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23863 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23864 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23865 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23866 Semantic mode.
23867
23868 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23869
23870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23871
23872 ;;;***
23873 \f
23874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23875 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 65569 828000))
23876 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23877
23878 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23879 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23880
23881 \(fn)" t nil)
23882
23883 ;;;***
23884 \f
23885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23886 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 113935 188000))
23887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23888
23889 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23890 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23891
23892 \(fn)" t nil)
23893
23894 ;;;***
23895 \f
23896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21710 25465
23897 ;;;;;; 229934 671000))
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23899
23900 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23901 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23902
23903 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23904 king@grassland.com
23905 If `parens', they look like:
23906 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23907 If `angles', they look like:
23908 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23909
23910 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23911 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23914
23915 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23916 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23917 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23918 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23919
23920 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23921 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23922 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23923 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23924
23925 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23926
23927 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23928 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23929 This is done when the message is initialized,
23930 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23931
23932 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23933
23934 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23935 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23936 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23937
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23939
23940 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23941 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23942 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23943 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23944 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23945 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23946 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23947
23948 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23949
23950 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23951 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23952
23953 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23954
23955 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23956 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23957 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23958 be a Babyl file.")
23959
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23961
23962 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23963 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23964 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23965 when you first send mail.")
23966
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23968
23969 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23970 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23971 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23972 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23973 This file need not actually exist.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23976
23977 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23978 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23981
23982 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23983 Alist of mail address aliases,
23984 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23985 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23986 can specify a different file name.)
23987 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23988 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23989
23990 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23991 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23992 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23993
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23995
23996 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23997 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23998 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23999
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24001
24002 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24003 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24004 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24005 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24006 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24007 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24008 in the cited portion of the message.
24009
24010 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24011 instead of no action.")
24012
24013 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24014
24015 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24016 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24017 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24018 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24019 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24020
24021 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24022
24023 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24024 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24025 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24026 If a string, that string is inserted.
24027 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24028 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24029 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24030 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24035 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24036
24037 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24038
24039 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24040 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24041 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24042
24043 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24044 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24047
24048 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24049 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24050 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24051 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24052
24053 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24054
24055 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24056 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24057 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24058
24059 \(fn)" nil nil)
24060
24061 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24062
24063 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24064
24065
24066 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24067
24068 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24069 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24070 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24071
24072 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24073 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24074
24075 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24076 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24077 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24078 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24079 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24080 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24081 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24082 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24083 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24084 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24085 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24086 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24087 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24088 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24089
24090 \(fn)" t nil)
24091
24092 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24093 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24094 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24095 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24096
24097 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24098
24099 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24100 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24101 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24102 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24103 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24104 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24105
24106 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24107 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24108 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24109
24110 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24111 User should not set this variable manually,
24112 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24113 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24114 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24115
24116 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24117 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24118 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24119 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24120
24121 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24122 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24123
24124 \\<mail-mode-map>
24125 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24126
24127 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24128 to move to message header fields:
24129 \\{mail-mode-map}
24130
24131 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24132 when the message is initialized.
24133
24134 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24135 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24136
24137 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24138 is inserted.
24139
24140 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24141 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24142
24143 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24144 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24145 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24146 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24147 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24148 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24149 buffer without erasing the contents.
24150
24151 The second through fifth arguments,
24152 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24153 the initial contents of those header fields.
24154 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24155 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24156 original message being replied to, or else an action
24157 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24158 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24159 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24160 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24161 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24162 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24163
24164 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24165
24166 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24167 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24168
24169 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24170
24171 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24172 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24173
24174 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24175
24176 ;;;***
24177 \f
24178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21710 25547 198569 235000))
24179 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24180
24181 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24182
24183 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24184
24185 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24186
24187 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24188 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24189 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24190 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24191 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24192 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24193
24194 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24195 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24196
24197 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24198 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24199 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24200
24201 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24202 \\[server-start].
24203
24204 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24205
24206 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24207 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24208 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24209 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24210
24211 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24212
24213 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24214 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24215 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24217 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24218 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24219
24220 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24221
24222 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24223 Toggle Server mode.
24224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24226 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24227
24228 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24229 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24230 `server-start' for details.
24231
24232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24233
24234 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24235 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24236 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24237
24238 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24239 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24240
24241 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24242
24243 ;;;***
24244 \f
24245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21710 25547 199569 231000))
24246 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24247
24248 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24249 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24250
24251 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24252 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24253 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24254 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24255 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24256
24257 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24258 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24259 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24260 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24261 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24262 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24263
24264 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24265 displayed.
24266
24267 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24268 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24269 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24270
24271 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24272 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24273
24274 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24275 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24276
24277 \\{ses-mode-map}
24278 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24279 part):
24280 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24281 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24282 formula:
24283 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24284
24285 \(fn)" t nil)
24286
24287 ;;;***
24288 \f
24289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21710
24290 ;;;;;; 25547 214569 164000))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24292
24293 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24294 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24295 Makes > match <.
24296 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24297 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24298
24299 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24300 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24301 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24302
24303 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24304 in your init file.
24305
24306 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24307
24308 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24309 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24310 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24311
24312 \(fn)" t nil)
24313
24314 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24315 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24316 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24317 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24318 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24319 which this is based.
24320
24321 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24322
24323 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24324 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24325 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24326 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24327
24328 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24329 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24330 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24331
24332 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24333 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24334 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24335 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24336
24337 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24338 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24339 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24340 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24341
24342 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24343
24344 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24345 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24346 To work around that, do:
24347 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24348
24349 \\{html-mode-map}
24350
24351 \(fn)" t nil)
24352
24353 ;;;***
24354 \f
24355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21710
24356 ;;;;;; 25547 188569 280000))
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24358 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24359 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24360
24361 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24362 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24363 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24364 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24365 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24366 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24367
24368 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24369 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24370 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24371 shell-specific features.
24372
24373 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24374 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24375 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24376 \\<sh-mode-map>
24377 \\[sh-case] case statement
24378 \\[sh-for] for loop
24379 \\[sh-function] function definition
24380 \\[sh-if] if statement
24381 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24382 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24383 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24384 \\[sh-select] select loop
24385 \\[sh-until] until loop
24386 \\[sh-while] while loop
24387
24388 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24389 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24390 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24391 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24392 would indent to the way it currently is.
24393 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24394 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24395
24396
24397 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24398 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24399 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24400 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24401 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24402
24403 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24404 unquoted < insert a here document.
24405
24406 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24407 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24408 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24409
24410 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24411 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24412
24413 \(fn)" t nil)
24414
24415 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24416
24417 ;;;***
24418 \f
24419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21710 25465
24420 ;;;;;; 136935 86000))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24422
24423 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24424 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24425
24426 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24427 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24428 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24429
24430 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24431 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24432 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24433 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24434 the earlier.
24435
24436 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24437
24438 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24439
24440 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24441 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24442 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24443
24444 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24445 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24446
24447 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24448 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24449 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24450 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24451 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24452 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24453 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24454 Emacs version).
24455
24456 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24457 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24458 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24459 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24460 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24461
24462 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24463 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24464
24465 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24466
24467 ;;;***
24468 \f
24469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21710 25465 339934
24470 ;;;;;; 181000))
24471 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24472
24473 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24474 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24475 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24476 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24477 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24478 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24479 sites in the cluster.
24480
24481 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24482
24483 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24484 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24485 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24486 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24487 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24488
24489 \(fn)" t nil)
24490
24491 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24492 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24493 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24494 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24495 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24496 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24497 `shadow-define-cluster').
24498
24499 \(fn)" t nil)
24500
24501 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24502 Set up file shadowing.
24503
24504 \(fn)" t nil)
24505
24506 ;;;***
24507 \f
24508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21710 25547 199569 231000))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24510
24511 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24512 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24513 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24514 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24515 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24516 arguments.")
24517
24518 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24519
24520 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24521 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24522 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24523 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24524 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24525
24526 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24527 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24528 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24529 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24530 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24531 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24532 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24533 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24534 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24535 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24536 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24537
24538 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24539 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24540 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24541 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24542 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24543 `default-process-coding-system'.
24544
24545 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24546 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24547 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24548 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24549
24550 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24551
24552 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24553
24554 ;;;***
24555 \f
24556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21710 25547 147569 463000))
24557 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24558
24559 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24560 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24561
24562 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24563
24564 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24565 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24566 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24567 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24568
24569 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24570
24571 ;;;***
24572 \f
24573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21710 25465 191934
24574 ;;;;;; 841000))
24575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24576
24577 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24578
24579
24580 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24581
24582 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24583
24584
24585 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24586
24587 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24588
24589
24590 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24591
24592 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24593
24594
24595 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24596
24597 ;;;***
24598 \f
24599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21710 25465
24600 ;;;;;; 191934 841000))
24601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24602
24603 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24604 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24605 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24606 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24607 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24608
24609 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24610
24611 \(fn)" t nil)
24612
24613 ;;;***
24614 \f
24615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21710 25465
24616 ;;;;;; 326934 239000))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24618
24619 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24620 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24621 \\{simula-mode-map}
24622 Variables controlling indentation style:
24623 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24624 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24625 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24626 `simula-indent-level'
24627 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24628 `simula-substatement-offset'
24629 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24630 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24631 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24632 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24633 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24634 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24635 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24636 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24637 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24638 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24639 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24640 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24641 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24642 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24643 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24644 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24645 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24646 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24647 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24648 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24649 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24650 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24651 or nil if they should not be changed.
24652 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24653 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24654 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24655 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24656
24657 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24658 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24659
24660 \(fn)" t nil)
24661
24662 ;;;***
24663 \f
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21710 25547 201569
24665 ;;;;;; 222000))
24666 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24667
24668 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24669 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24670
24671 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24672 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24673 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24674 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24675
24676 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24677
24678 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24679
24680 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24681 Insert SKELETON.
24682 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24683 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24684 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24685 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24686 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24687
24688 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24689 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24690
24691 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24692
24693 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24694 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24695
24696 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24697 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24698 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24699 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24700
24701 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24702 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24703 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24704 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24705
24706 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24707 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24708 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24709
24710 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24711 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24712
24713 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24714 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24715
24716 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24717 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24718 is at bol/eol
24719 _ interesting point, interregion here
24720 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24721 interesting point set by _
24722 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24723 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24724 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24725 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24726 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24727 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24728 nil skipped
24729
24730 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24731 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24732
24733 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24734 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24735 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24736 as the first element when at bol.
24737
24738 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24739 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24740 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24741 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24742 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24743 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24744 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24745 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24746
24747 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24748 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24749 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24750 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24751 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24752 available:
24753
24754 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24755 then: insert previously read string once more
24756 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24757 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24758 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24759
24760 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24761 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24762
24763 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24764
24765 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24766 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24767
24768 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24769 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24770 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24771 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24772 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24773 such as backslash.
24774
24775 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24776 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24777 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24778
24779 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24780
24781 ;;;***
24782 \f
24783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21710 25547
24784 ;;;;;; 220569 137000))
24785 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24786
24787 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24788 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24789 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24790 buffer names.
24791
24792 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24793
24794 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24795 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24797 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24798 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24799 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24800
24801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24802
24803 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24804 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24805 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24806
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24808
24809 ;;;***
24810 \f
24811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21710 25465 191934
24812 ;;;;;; 841000))
24813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24814
24815 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24816 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24817 A list of images is returned.
24818
24819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24820
24821 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24822 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24823 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24824
24825 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24826
24827 ;;;***
24828 \f
24829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21710 25547
24830 ;;;;;; 136569 512000))
24831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24832
24833 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24834
24835
24836 \(fn)" nil nil)
24837
24838 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24839 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24840
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24842
24843 ;;;***
24844 \f
24845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21710 25465 297934
24846 ;;;;;; 368000))
24847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24848
24849 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24850 Play the Snake game.
24851 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24852
24853 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24854
24855 Snake mode keybindings:
24856 \\<snake-mode-map>
24857 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24858 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24859 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24860 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24861 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24862 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24863 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24864
24865 \(fn)" t nil)
24866
24867 ;;;***
24868 \f
24869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21710 25465
24870 ;;;;;; 248934 587000))
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24872
24873 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24874 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24875 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24876 Tab indents for C code.
24877 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24878 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24879 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24880 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24881 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24882
24883 \(fn)" t nil)
24884
24885 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24886 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24887 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24888 Tab indents for C code.
24889 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24890 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24891 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24892 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24893 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24894
24895 \(fn)" t nil)
24896
24897 ;;;***
24898 \f
24899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21710 25465 95935
24900 ;;;;;; 269000))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24902
24903 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24904 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24905 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24906 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24907 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24908
24909 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24910
24911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24912
24913 ;;;***
24914 \f
24915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21710 25465
24916 ;;;;;; 297934 368000))
24917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24918
24919 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24920 Play Solitaire.
24921
24922 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24923 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24924 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24925 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24926 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24927 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24928 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24929 check after each move or undo.)
24930
24931 What is Solitaire?
24932
24933 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24934 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24935 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24936
24937 Le Solitaire
24938 ============
24939
24940 o o o
24941
24942 o o o
24943
24944 o o o o o o o
24945
24946 o o o . o o o
24947
24948 o o o o o o o
24949
24950 o o o
24951
24952 o o o
24953
24954 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24955 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24956 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24957 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24958
24959 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24960 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24961 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24962 this: o o .
24963
24964 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24965 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24966
24967 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24968
24969 o o o
24970
24971 . o o
24972
24973 o o . o o o o
24974
24975 o . o o o o o
24976
24977 o o o o o o o
24978
24979 o o o
24980
24981 o o o
24982
24983 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24984
24985 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24986
24987 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24988
24989 ;;;***
24990 \f
24991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21710 25465 341934 172000))
24992 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24993 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24994
24995 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24996 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24997
24998 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24999 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25000 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25001 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25002 contiguous.
25003
25004 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25005 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25006 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25007 the sort order.
25008
25009 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25010 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25011
25012 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25013 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25014 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25015 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25016 is called.
25017
25018 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25019 It should move point to the end of the record.
25020
25021 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25022 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25023 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25024 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25025 starts at the beginning of the record.
25026
25027 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25028 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25029 same as ENDRECFUN.
25030
25031 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25032 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25033 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25034 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25035 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25036 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25037 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25038
25039 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25040
25041 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25042 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25043 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25044 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25045 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25046 the sort order.
25047
25048 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25049
25050 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25051 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25052 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25053 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25054 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25055 the sort order.
25056
25057 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25058
25059 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25060 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25061 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25062 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25063 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25064 the sort order.
25065
25066 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25067 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25068
25069 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25070 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25071 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25072 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25073 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25074 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25075 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25076 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25077 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25078
25079 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25080
25081 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25082 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25083 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25084 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25085 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25086 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25087 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25088 the sort order.
25089
25090 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25091
25092 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25093 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25094 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25095 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25096
25097 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25098 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25099
25100 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25101 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25102 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25103 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25104 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25105 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25106 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25107 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25108
25109 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25110
25111 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25112 the sort order.
25113
25114 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25115 starting with the letter \"f\",
25116 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25117
25118 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25119
25120 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25121 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25122 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25123 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25124 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25125 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25126 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25127 the sort order.
25128
25129 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25130 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25131 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25132 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25133 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25134
25135 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25136
25137 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25138 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25139 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25140
25141 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25142
25143 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25144 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25145 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25146 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25147 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25148 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25149 each repeated line.
25150
25151 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25152 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25153 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25154 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25155
25156 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25157 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25158
25159 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25160 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25161
25162 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25163
25164 ;;;***
25165 \f
25166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21710 25547 118569 592000))
25167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25168
25169 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25170 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25171 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25172 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25173 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25174 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25175
25176 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25177
25178 ;;;***
25179 \f
25180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21710
25181 ;;;;;; 25465 191934 841000))
25182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25183
25184 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25185 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25186
25187 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25188 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25189 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25190
25191 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25192
25193 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25194 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25195 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25196 server.
25197
25198 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25199
25200 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25201 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25202 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25203
25204 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25205
25206 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25207 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25208 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25209 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25210 Agent is plugged.
25211
25212 \(fn)" t nil)
25213
25214 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25215 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25216 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25217 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25218
25219 \(fn)" t nil)
25220
25221 ;;;***
25222 \f
25223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21710 25547 202569
25224 ;;;;;; 218000))
25225 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25226
25227 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25228
25229 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25230 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25231 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25232 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25233 supported at a time.
25234 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25235 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25236
25237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25238
25239 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25240 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25241 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25242 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25243
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25245
25246 ;;;***
25247 \f
25248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21710 25465 297934
25249 ;;;;;; 368000))
25250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25251
25252 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25253 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25254
25255 \(fn)" t nil)
25256
25257 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25258 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25259
25260 \(fn)" nil nil)
25261
25262 ;;;***
25263 \f
25264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21710 25547 189569
25265 ;;;;;; 276000))
25266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25267 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25268
25269 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25270 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25271
25272 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25273 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25274 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25275 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25276 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25277 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25278 of the current highlighting list.
25279
25280 For example:
25281
25282 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25283 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25284
25285 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25286 `_t' as data types.
25287
25288 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25289
25290 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25291 Major mode to edit SQL.
25292
25293 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25294 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25295 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25296
25297 \\{sql-mode-map}
25298 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25299
25300 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25301 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25302 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25303 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25304 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25305 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25306
25307 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25308 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25309
25310 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25311 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25312 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25313
25314 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25315 (lambda ()
25316 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25317
25318 \(fn)" t nil)
25319
25320 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25321 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25322
25323 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25324 their settings.
25325
25326 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25327 is specified in the connection settings.
25328
25329 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25330
25331 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25332 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25333
25334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25336
25337 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25338 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25339 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25340 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25341
25342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25343
25344 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25345
25346 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25347 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25348
25349 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25350 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25351 `*SQL*'.
25352
25353 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25354 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25355 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25356 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25357
25358 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25359 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25360
25361 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25362 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25363 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25364 buffer.
25365
25366 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25367 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25368 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25369 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25370 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25371 `default-process-coding-system'.
25372
25373 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25374
25375 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25376
25377 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25378 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25379
25380 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25381 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25382 `*SQL*'.
25383
25384 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25385 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25386 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25387 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25388
25389 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25390 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25391
25392 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25393 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25394 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25395 buffer.
25396
25397 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25398 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25399 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25400 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25401 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25402 `default-process-coding-system'.
25403
25404 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25405
25406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25407
25408 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25409 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25410
25411 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25412 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25413 `*SQL*'.
25414
25415 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25416 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25417
25418 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25419 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25420
25421 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25422 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25423 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25424 buffer.
25425
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25432
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434
25435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25436
25437 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25438 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25439
25440 SQLite is free software.
25441
25442 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25443 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25444 `*SQL*'.
25445
25446 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25447 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25448 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25449 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25450
25451 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25452 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25453
25454 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25455 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25456 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25457 buffer.
25458
25459 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25460 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25461 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25462 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25463 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25464 `default-process-coding-system'.
25465
25466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25467
25468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25469
25470 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25471 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25472
25473 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25474
25475 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25476 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25477 `*SQL*'.
25478
25479 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25480 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25481 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25482 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25483
25484 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25485 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25486
25487 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25489 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25490 buffer.
25491
25492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25494 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25497 `default-process-coding-system'.
25498
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500
25501 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25502
25503 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25504 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25505
25506 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25507 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25508 `*SQL*'.
25509
25510 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25511 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25512 defaults, if set.
25513
25514 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25515 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516
25517 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25518 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25519 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25520 buffer.
25521
25522 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25523 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25524 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25525 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25526 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25527 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528
25529 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25530
25531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25532
25533 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25534 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25535
25536 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25537 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25538 `*SQL*'.
25539
25540 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25541 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25542
25543 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25544 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545
25546 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25548 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25549 buffer.
25550
25551 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25552 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25554 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25555 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25556 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557
25558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559
25560 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25561
25562 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25563 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25564
25565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25567 `*SQL*'.
25568
25569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25570 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25571 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25572 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25573
25574 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25575 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25576
25577 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25578 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25579 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25580 buffer.
25581
25582 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25583 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25584 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25585 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25586 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25587 `default-process-coding-system'.
25588
25589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25590
25591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25592
25593 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25594 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25595
25596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25598 `*SQL*'.
25599
25600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25601 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25602 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25603 `sql-postgres-options'.
25604
25605 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25606 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25607
25608 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25610 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25611 buffer.
25612
25613 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25614 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25615 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25616 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25617 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25618 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25619 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25620 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25621
25622 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25623 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25624
25625 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25626
25627 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25628
25629 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25630 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25631
25632 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25633 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25634 `*SQL*'.
25635
25636 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25637 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25638 defaults, if set.
25639
25640 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25641 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25642
25643 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25644 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25645 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25646 buffer.
25647
25648 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25649 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25650 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25651 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25652 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25653 `default-process-coding-system'.
25654
25655 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25656
25657 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25658
25659 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25660 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25661
25662 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25663 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25664 `*SQL*'.
25665
25666 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25667 automatic login.
25668
25669 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25670 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25671
25672 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25673 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25674 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25675 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25676
25677 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25678 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25679 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25680 buffer.
25681
25682 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25683 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25684 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25685 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25686 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25687 `default-process-coding-system'.
25688
25689 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25690
25691 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25692
25693 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25694 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25695
25696 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25697 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25698 `*SQL*'.
25699
25700 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25701 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25702 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25703 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25704 parameters.
25705
25706 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25707 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25708 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25709 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25710 an empty password.
25711
25712 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25713 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25714
25715 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25716 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25717 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25718 buffer.
25719
25720 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25721
25722 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25723
25724 ;;;***
25725 \f
25726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21710 25465 113935
25727 ;;;;;; 188000))
25728 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25729 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25730
25731 ;;;***
25732 \f
25733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25734 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 69569 810000))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25736
25737 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25738 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25739
25740 \(fn)" t nil)
25741
25742 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25743
25744 ;;;***
25745 \f
25746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21710 25465
25747 ;;;;;; 192934 836000))
25748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25749
25750 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25751 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25752 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25753 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25754 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25755 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25756 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25757 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25758 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25759 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25760 with any buffer
25761 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25762 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25763 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25764 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25765
25766 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25767
25768 ;;;***
25769 \f
25770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21710 25465 343934
25771 ;;;;;; 163000))
25772 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25773
25774 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25775 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25776 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25777 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25778 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25779 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25780
25781 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25782
25783 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25786 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25787 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25788 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25789 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25790 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25791 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25792
25793 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25794
25795 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25796 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25797 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25798 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25799 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25800 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25801 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25802
25803 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25806 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25807 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25808
25809 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25810
25811 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25812 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25813 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25814
25815 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25816
25817 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25818 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25819
25820 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25821
25822 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25823 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25824
25825 \(fn)" t nil)
25826
25827 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25828 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25829
25830 \(fn)" t nil)
25831
25832 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25833 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25834 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25835 by command name.
25836 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25837
25838 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25839
25840 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25841 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25842 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25845 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25846
25847 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25848
25849 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25850 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25852 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25853 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25854
25855 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25856 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25857 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25858 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25859 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25860
25861 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25862 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25863 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25864 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25865
25866 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25867
25868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25869
25870 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25871 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25872 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25873 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25874
25875 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25876
25877 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25878 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25879
25880 \(fn)" t nil)
25881
25882 ;;;***
25883 \f
25884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21710 25465 297934
25885 ;;;;;; 368000))
25886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25887
25888 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25889 Studlify-case the region.
25890
25891 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25892
25893 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25894 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25895
25896 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25897
25898 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25899 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25900
25901 \(fn)" t nil)
25902
25903 ;;;***
25904 \f
25905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21710 25547
25906 ;;;;;; 189569 276000))
25907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25908
25909 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25910 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25913 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25914
25915 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25916 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25917 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25918 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25919
25920 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25921 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25922 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25923
25924 Nomenclature Subwords
25925 ===========================================================
25926 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25927 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25928 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25929
25930 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25931 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25932 as words.
25933
25934 \\{subword-mode-map}
25935
25936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25937
25938 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25939 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25940 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25943 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25944
25945 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25946
25947 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25948 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25949 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25950 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25951 ARG is omitted or nil.
25952
25953 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25954 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25955 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25956
25957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25958
25959 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25960 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25963 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25964
25965 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25966 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25967 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25968
25969 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25970 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25971 edit them as words.
25972
25973 \\{superword-mode-map}
25974
25975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25976
25977 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25978 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25979 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25981 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25982 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25983
25984 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25985
25986 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25987 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25988 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25989 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25990 ARG is omitted or nil.
25991
25992 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25993 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25994 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25995
25996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25997
25998 ;;;***
25999 \f
26000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21710 25465
26001 ;;;;;; 229934 671000))
26002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26003
26004 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26005 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26006 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26007 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26008 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26009 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26010 original message but it does require a few things:
26011
26012 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26013
26014 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26015 reply buffer.
26016
26017 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26018 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26019 original message.
26020
26021 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26022
26023 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26024
26025 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26026 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26027 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26028
26029 \(fn)" nil nil)
26030
26031 ;;;***
26032 \f
26033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21710 25465 344934
26034 ;;;;;; 158000))
26035 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26036
26037 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26038
26039 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26040 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26041 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26043 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26044 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26045
26046 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26047
26048 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26049 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26051 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26052 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26053
26054 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26055 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26056 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26057
26058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26059
26060 ;;;***
26061 \f
26062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21710 25465 344934 158000))
26063 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26064
26065 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26066 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26067 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26068 buffer.
26069
26070 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26071 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26072 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26073
26074 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26075
26076 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26077 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26078 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26079 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26080 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26081 buffer.
26082
26083 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26084 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26085 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26086
26087 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26088
26089 ;;;***
26090 \f
26091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21710 25465 358934
26092 ;;;;;; 96000))
26093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26094
26095 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26096 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26097 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26098
26099 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26100
26101 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26102 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26103
26104 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26105
26106 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26107 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26108
26109 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26110
26111 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26112 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26113
26114 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26115
26116 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26117 Insert an editable text table.
26118 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26119 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26120 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26121 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26122 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26123 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26124 delimiting them.
26125
26126 Examples:
26127
26128 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26129
26130 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26131 location of point.
26132
26133 -!-
26134
26135 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26136 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26137 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26138 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26139 first cell.
26140
26141 +-----+-----+-----+
26142 |-!- | | |
26143 +-----+-----+-----+
26144
26145 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26146
26147 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26148 width, which results as
26149
26150 +--------------+-----+-----+
26151 |-!- | | |
26152 +--------------+-----+-----+
26153
26154 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26155 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26156
26157 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158 | | |-!- |
26159 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26160
26161 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26162 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26163 width information to `table-insert'.
26164
26165 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26166
26167 instead of
26168
26169 Cell width(s): 5
26170
26171 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26172 work all together.
26173
26174 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26175 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26176
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26178 |-!- | | |
26179 | | | |
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181
26182 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26183
26184 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26185 |-!- | | |
26186 | | | |
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26188 | | | |
26189 | | | |
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191
26192 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26193
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26195 | | | |
26196 | | | |
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198 | | | |
26199 | | | |
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26201 -!-
26202
26203 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26204 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26205 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26206
26207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26208 | | | |
26209 | | | |
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211 | | | |
26212 | | | |
26213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26214 |-!- | | |
26215 | | | |
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217
26218 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26219 results.
26220
26221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26222 | | | |
26223 | | | |
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26225 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26226 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26227 | | |expected results.-!- |
26228 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26229 | | | |
26230 | | | |
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232
26233 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26234
26235 \\{table-cell-map}
26236
26237 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26238
26239 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26240 Insert N table row(s).
26241 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26242 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26243 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26244 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26245
26246 \(fn N)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26249 Insert N table column(s).
26250 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26251 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26252 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26253 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26254
26255 \(fn N)" t nil)
26256
26257 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26258 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26259 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26260
26261 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26262
26263 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26264 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26265 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26266 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26267 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26268 all the table specific features.
26269
26270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26273
26274
26275 \(fn)" t nil)
26276
26277 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26278 Recognize all tables within region.
26279 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26280 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26281 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26282 specific features.
26283
26284 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26287
26288
26289 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26290
26291 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26292 Recognize a table at point.
26293 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26294 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26295 the table specific features.
26296
26297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26300
26301
26302 \(fn)" t nil)
26303
26304 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26305 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26306 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26307 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26308 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26309 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26310 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26311
26312 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26315
26316
26317 \(fn)" t nil)
26318
26319 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26320 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26321 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26322 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26323 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26324 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26325 specified.
26326
26327 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26328
26329 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26330 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26331 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26332 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26333 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26334 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26335 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26336 table structure.
26337
26338 \(fn N)" t nil)
26339
26340 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26341 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26342 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26343 table's rectangle structure.
26344
26345 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26346
26347 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26348 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26349 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26350 table's rectangle structure.
26351
26352 \(fn N)" t nil)
26353
26354 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26355 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26356 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26357 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26358 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26359
26360 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26361
26362 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26363 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26364 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26365
26366 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26367 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26368 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26369 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26370 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26371 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26372 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26373
26374 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26375 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26376 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26377 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26378 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26379 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26380 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26381
26382 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26383 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26384 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26385 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26386 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26387 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26388 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26389 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26390
26391 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26392
26393 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26394 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26395 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26396 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26397
26398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26399
26400 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26401 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26402 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26403
26404 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26405
26406 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26407 Split current cell vertically.
26408 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26409
26410 \(fn)" t nil)
26411
26412 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26413 Split current cell horizontally.
26414 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26415
26416 \(fn)" t nil)
26417
26418 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26419 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26420 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26421
26422 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26423
26424 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26425 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26426 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26427 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26428
26429 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26430
26431 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26432 Justify cell contents.
26433 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26434 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26435 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26436 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26437
26438 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26439
26440 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26441 Justify cells of a row.
26442 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26443 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26444
26445 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26448 Justify cells of a column.
26449 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26450 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26451
26452 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26455 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26456 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26457 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26458 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26459 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26460 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26461 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26462 run-time.
26463
26464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26465
26466 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26467 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26468 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26469 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26470 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26471 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26472 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26473 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26474 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26475 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26476 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26477
26478 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26479
26480 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26481 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26482 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26483 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26484 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26485 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26486 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26487 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26488 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26489 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26490 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26491 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26492 untouched.
26493
26494 References used for this implementation:
26495
26496 HTML:
26497 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26498
26499 LaTeX:
26500 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26501
26502 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26503 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26504 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26505
26506 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26507
26508 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26509 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26510 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26511 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26512 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26513 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26514 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26515 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26516 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26517 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26518 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26519 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26520 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26521 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26522 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26523 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26524 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26525
26526 Example:
26527
26528 (progn
26529 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26530 (table-forward-cell 15)
26531 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26532 (table-forward-cell 16)
26533 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26534 (table-forward-cell 1)
26535 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26536
26537 (progn
26538 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26539 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26540 (table-forward-cell 1)
26541 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26542
26543 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26544
26545 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26546 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26547 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26548 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26549 consists from cells of same height.
26550
26551 \(fn N)" t nil)
26552
26553 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26554 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26555 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26556 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26557 column must consists from cells of same width.
26558
26559 \(fn N)" t nil)
26560
26561 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26562 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26563 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26564 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26565 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26566 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26567 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26568 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26569 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26570 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26571 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26572 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26573 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26574 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26575 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26576
26577
26578 Example 1:
26579
26580 1, 2, 3, 4
26581 5, 6, 7, 8
26582 , 9, 10
26583
26584 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26585 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26586 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26587 specified as 5.
26588
26589 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26590 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26591 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26592 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26593 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26594 | | 9 | 10 | |
26595 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26596
26597 Note:
26598
26599 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26600 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26601 of each row is optional.
26602
26603
26604 Example 2:
26605
26606 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26607 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26608 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26609 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26610 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26611
26612 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26613 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26614
26615 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26616 expression and raw delimiter regular
26617 expression, it parses the specified text
26618 area and extracts cell items from
26619 non-table text and then forms a table out
26620 of them.
26621
26622 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26623 creates a single cell table. The text in
26624 the specified region is placed in that
26625 cell.-*-
26626
26627 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26628 like this.
26629
26630 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26631 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26632 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26633 | |
26634 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26635 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26636 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26637 | area and extracts cell items from |
26638 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26639 | of them. |
26640 | |
26641 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26642 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26643 | the specified region is placed in that |
26644 | cell. |
26645 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26646
26647 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26648 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26649 independently.
26650
26651 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26652 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26653 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26654 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26655 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26656 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26657 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26658 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26659 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26660 | |of them. |
26661 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26662 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26663 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26664 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26665 | |cell. |
26666 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26667
26668 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26669 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26670 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26671
26672 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26673
26674 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26675 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26676 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26677 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26678 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26679
26680 \(fn)" t nil)
26681
26682 ;;;***
26683 \f
26684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21710 25465 344934 158000))
26685 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26686
26687 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26688 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26689
26690 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26691
26692 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26693 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26694
26695 \(fn)" t nil)
26696
26697 ;;;***
26698 \f
26699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21710 25547 204569
26700 ;;;;;; 209000))
26701 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26702
26703 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26704 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26705 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26706 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26707 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26708 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26709 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26710
26711 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26712 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26713 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26714 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26715
26716 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26717 \\{tar-mode-map}
26718
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26720
26721 ;;;***
26722 \f
26723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21710 25465 328934
26724 ;;;;;; 230000))
26725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26726
26727 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26728 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26729 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26730 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26731 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26732 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26733
26734 Variables controlling indentation style:
26735 `tcl-indent-level'
26736 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26737 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26738 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26739
26740 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26741 documentation for details):
26742 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26743 Controls action of TAB key.
26744 `tcl-auto-newline'
26745 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26746 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26747 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26748 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26749 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26750
26751 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26752 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26753 already exist.
26754
26755 \(fn)" t nil)
26756
26757 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26758 Run inferior Tcl process.
26759 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26760 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26761
26762 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26763
26764 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26765 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26766 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26767
26768 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26769
26770 ;;;***
26771 \f
26772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21710 25465 249934
26773 ;;;;;; 582000))
26774 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26775
26776 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26777 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26778 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26779 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26780
26781 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26782 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26783 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26784 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26785 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26786
26787 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26788
26789 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26790 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26791 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26792 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26793
26794 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26795
26796 ;;;***
26797 \f
26798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21710 25547 205569 204000))
26799 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26800
26801 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26802 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26803 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26804 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26805 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26806 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26807
26808 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26809
26810 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26811 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26812 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26813 commands to use in that buffer.
26814
26815 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26816
26817 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26818
26819 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26820 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26821
26822 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26823
26824 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26825 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26826 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26827 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26828 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26829 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26830 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26831 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26832 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26833 use in that buffer.
26834 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26835
26836 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26837
26838 ;;;***
26839 \f
26840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21710
26841 ;;;;;; 25465 137935 81000))
26842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26843
26844 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26845 Start coverage on function under point.
26846
26847 \(fn)" t nil)
26848
26849 ;;;***
26850 \f
26851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21710 25465 297934
26852 ;;;;;; 368000))
26853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26854 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26855
26856 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26857 Play the Tetris game.
26858 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26859 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26860 as to form complete rows.
26861
26862 tetris-mode keybindings:
26863 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26864 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26865 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26866 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26867 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26868 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26869 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26870 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26871 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26872
26873 \(fn)" t nil)
26874
26875 ;;;***
26876 \f
26877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21710 25547
26878 ;;;;;; 214569 164000))
26879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26880
26881 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26882 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26883
26884 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26885
26886 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26887 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26888 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26889 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26890 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26891
26892 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26893
26894 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26895 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26896 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26897 if it matches the first line of the file,
26898 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26899
26900 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26901
26902 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26903 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26904 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26905 if the variable is non-nil.")
26906
26907 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26908
26909 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26910 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26911
26912 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26913
26914 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26915 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26916 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26917 See the documentation of that variable.")
26918
26919 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26920
26921 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26922 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26923 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26924 See the documentation of that variable.")
26925
26926 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26927
26928 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26929 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26930 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26931 See the documentation of that variable.")
26932
26933 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26934
26935 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26936 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26937 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26938 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26939 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26940
26941 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26942
26943 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26944 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26945 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26946 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26947
26948 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26949
26950 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26951 User defined LaTeX block names.
26952 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26953
26954 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26955
26956 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26957 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26958 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26959 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26960
26961 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26962
26963 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26964 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26965 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26966 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26967
26968 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26969
26970 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26971 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26972 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26973 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26974
26975 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26976 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26977 for example,
26978
26979 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26980 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26981
26982 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26983 use.")
26984
26985 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26986
26987 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26988 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26989 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26990 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26991 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26992
26993 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26994
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26996
26997 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26998 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26999 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27000
27001 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27002
27003 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27004 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27005 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27006 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27007 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27008
27009 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27010
27011 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27012 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27013
27014 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27015
27016 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27017 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27018
27019 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27020
27021 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27022 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27023 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27024 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27025 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27026 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27027 says which mode to use.
27028
27029 \(fn)" t nil)
27030
27031 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27032
27033 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27034
27035 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27036
27037 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27038 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27039 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27040 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27041 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27042
27043 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27044 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27045 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27046 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27047 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27048 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27049 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27050
27051 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27052 mismatched $'s or braces.
27053
27054 Special commands:
27055 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27056
27057 Mode variables:
27058 tex-run-command
27059 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27060 tex-directory
27061 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27062 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27063 tex-dvi-print-command
27064 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27065 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27066 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27067 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27068 tex-dvi-view-command
27069 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27070 tex-show-queue-command
27071 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27072 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27073
27074 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27075 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27076 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27077
27078 \(fn)" t nil)
27079
27080 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27081 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27082 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27083 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27084 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27085
27086 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27087 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27088 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27089 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27090 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27091 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27092 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27093
27094 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27095 mismatched $'s or braces.
27096
27097 Special commands:
27098 \\{latex-mode-map}
27099
27100 Mode variables:
27101 latex-run-command
27102 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27103 tex-directory
27104 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27105 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27106 tex-dvi-print-command
27107 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27108 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27109 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27110 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27111 tex-dvi-view-command
27112 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27113 tex-show-queue-command
27114 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27115 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27116
27117 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27118 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27119 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27120
27121 \(fn)" t nil)
27122
27123 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27124 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27125 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27126 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27127 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27128
27129 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27130 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27131 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27132 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27133 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27134 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27135 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27136
27137 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27138 mismatched $'s or braces.
27139
27140 Special commands:
27141 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27142
27143 Mode variables:
27144 slitex-run-command
27145 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27146 tex-directory
27147 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27148 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27149 tex-dvi-print-command
27150 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27151 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27152 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27153 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27154 tex-dvi-view-command
27155 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27156 tex-show-queue-command
27157 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27158 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27159
27160 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27161 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27162 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27163 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27164
27165 \(fn)" t nil)
27166
27167 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27168
27169
27170 \(fn)" nil nil)
27171
27172 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27173 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27174
27175 \(fn)" t nil)
27176
27177 ;;;***
27178 \f
27179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21710 25465
27180 ;;;;;; 360934 87000))
27181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27182
27183 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27184 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27185 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27186 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27187
27188 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27189 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27190 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27191
27192 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27193
27194 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27195 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27196 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27197 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27198 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27199
27200 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27201
27202 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27203 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27204 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27205 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27206
27207 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27208 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27209 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27210 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27211
27212 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27213 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27214
27215 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27216
27217 ;;;***
27218 \f
27219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21710 25465
27220 ;;;;;; 360934 87000))
27221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27222
27223 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27224 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27225
27226 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27227
27228 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27229 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27230
27231 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27232
27233 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27234 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27235
27236 It has these extra commands:
27237 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27238
27239 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27240 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27241 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27242 modified version of TeX input format.
27243
27244 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27245 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27246 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27247 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27248
27249 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27250 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27251 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27252 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27253 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27254 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27255 in the Texinfo file.
27256
27257 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27258 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27259 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27260 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27261 move forward past the closing brace.
27262
27263 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27264 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27265
27266 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27267 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27268 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27269
27270 Here are the functions:
27271
27272 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27273 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27274 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27275
27276 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27277 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27278 texinfo-master-menu
27279
27280 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27281
27282 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27283 which menu descriptions are indented.
27284
27285 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27286 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27287 in the region.
27288
27289 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27290 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27291 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27292 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27293
27294 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27295 be the first node in the file.
27296
27297 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27298 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27299
27300 \(fn)" t nil)
27301
27302 ;;;***
27303 \f
27304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21710
27305 ;;;;;; 25465 211934 751000))
27306 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27307
27308 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27309 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27310 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27311 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27312
27313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27314
27315 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27316 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27317
27318 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27319
27320 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27321 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27322
27323 \(fn)" t nil)
27324
27325 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27326
27327
27328 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27329
27330 ;;;***
27331 \f
27332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21710 25465 361934
27333 ;;;;;; 83000))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27335
27336 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27337 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27338 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27339 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27340 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27341 `line', and `page'.
27342
27343 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27344
27345 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27346 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27347 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27348 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27349 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27350 `line', and `page'.
27351
27352 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27353 valid THING.
27354
27355 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27356 positions of the thing found.
27357
27358 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27359
27360 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27361 Return the THING at point.
27362 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27363 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27364 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27365 `line', `number', and `page'.
27366
27367 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27368 strip text properties from the return value.
27369
27370 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27371 a symbol as a valid THING.
27372
27373 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27374
27375 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27376 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27377
27378 \(fn)" nil nil)
27379
27380 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27381 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27382
27383 \(fn)" nil nil)
27384
27385 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27386 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27387
27388 \(fn)" nil nil)
27389
27390 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27391 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27392
27393 \(fn)" nil nil)
27394
27395 ;;;***
27396 \f
27397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21710 25465 361934 83000))
27398 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27399
27400 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27401 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27402
27403 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27406 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27407 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27408 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27409
27410 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27411
27412 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27413 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27414
27415 \(fn)" t nil)
27416
27417 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27418 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27419
27420 \(fn)" t nil)
27421
27422 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27423
27424 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27425 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27426
27427 \(fn)" t nil)
27428
27429 ;;;***
27430 \f
27431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21710
27432 ;;;;;; 25465 212934 747000))
27433 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27434
27435 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27436 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27437 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27438
27439 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27440
27441 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27442 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27443
27444 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27447 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27448 The returned string has no composition information.
27449
27450 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27453 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27454
27455 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27458 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27459
27460 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27463 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27464 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27465 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27466
27467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27468
27469 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27470 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27471 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27472 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27473
27474 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27475
27476 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27477 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27478 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27479
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27483 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27484 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27485
27486 \(fn)" t nil)
27487
27488 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27489
27490
27491 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27494
27495
27496 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27497
27498 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27499
27500
27501 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27502
27503 ;;;***
27504 \f
27505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21710 25547
27506 ;;;;;; 215569 160000))
27507 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27508 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27509
27510 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27511 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27512 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27513 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27514 parameters.
27515 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27516
27517 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27518
27519 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27520 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27521 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27522 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27523 parameters.
27524 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27525
27526 \(fn)" t nil)
27527
27528 ;;;***
27529 \f
27530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21710 25465 361934 83000))
27531 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27532
27533 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27534 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27535
27536 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27537 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27538
27539 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27540 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27541 This display updates automatically every minute.
27542 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27543 are displayed as well.
27544 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27545
27546 \(fn)" t nil)
27547
27548 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27549 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27550 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27553 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27554
27555 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27556
27557 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27558 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27560 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27561 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27562
27563 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27564 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27565 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27566 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27567 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27568
27569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27572 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27573 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27574 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27575
27576 \(fn)" t nil)
27577
27578 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27579 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27580 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27581 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27582
27583 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27586 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27587
27588 \(fn)" t nil)
27589
27590 ;;;***
27591 \f
27592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21710
27593 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
27594 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27595
27596 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27597 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27598 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27599
27600 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27601 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27602 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27603 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27604 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27605 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27606
27607 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27608 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27609
27610 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27611
27612 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27613 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27614
27615 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27616
27617 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27618 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27619
27620 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27621
27622 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27623 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27624 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27625
27626 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27627
27628 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27629
27630 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27631 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27632 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27633
27634 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27637 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27638
27639 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27640
27641 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27642 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27643 DATE should be a date-time string.
27644
27645 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27646
27647 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27648 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27649 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27650
27651 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27652
27653 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27654 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27655
27656 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27659 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27660
27661 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27662
27663 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27664 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27665 TIME should be a time value.
27666 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27667
27668 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27669
27670 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27671 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27672 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27673
27674 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27675
27676 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27677 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27678 The valid format specifiers are:
27679 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27680 %d is the number of days.
27681 %h is the number of hours.
27682 %m is the number of minutes.
27683 %s is the number of seconds.
27684 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27685 %% is a literal \"%\".
27686
27687 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27688 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27689
27690 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27691 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27692 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27693
27694 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27695 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27696 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27697
27698 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27699
27700 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27701
27702 ;;;***
27703 \f
27704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21710 25465 361934
27705 ;;;;;; 83000))
27706 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27707 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27708 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27709 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27710 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27711 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27712 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27713 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27714 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27715
27716 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27717 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27718 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27719 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27720 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27721 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27722 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27723 look like one of the following:
27724 Time-stamp: <>
27725 Time-stamp: \" \"
27726 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27727 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27728 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27729 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27730 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27731 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27732 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27733 the template.
27734
27735 \(fn)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27738 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27739 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27740
27741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27742
27743 ;;;***
27744 \f
27745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21710
27746 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
27747 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27748 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27749
27750 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27751 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27752 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27755 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27756
27757 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27760 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27761 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27762 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27763 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27764 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27765 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27766 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27767 display (non-nil means on).
27768
27769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27770
27771 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27772 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27773 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27774 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27775 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27776 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27777 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27778 this function is called within a day.
27779
27780 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27781 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27782 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27783 discover the name of the project.
27784
27785 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27786
27787 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27788 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27789 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27790 begun during the last time segment.
27791
27792 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27793 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27794 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27795 discover the reason.
27796
27797 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27800 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27801 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27802 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27803 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27804
27805 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27808 Change to working on a different project.
27809 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27810 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27811 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27812 working on.
27813
27814 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27817 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27818 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27819
27820 \(fn)" nil nil)
27821
27822 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27823 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27824 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27825
27826 \(fn)" t nil)
27827
27828 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27829 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27830 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27831 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27832 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27833 \"relative to today\".
27834
27835 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27836
27837 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27838 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27839 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27840 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27841
27842 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27843
27844 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27845 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27846 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27847 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27848 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27849 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27850
27851 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27852
27853 ;;;***
27854 \f
27855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27856 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 204934 783000))
27857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27858
27859 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27860 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27861 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27862 the generated Quail package is saved.
27863
27864 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27865
27866 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27867 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27868 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27869 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27870 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27871 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27872 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27873
27874 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27875
27876 ;;;***
27877 \f
27878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21710 25547 215569 160000))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27880 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27881 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27882
27883 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27884 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27885 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27886 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27887 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27888
27889 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27890 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27891 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27892
27893 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27896 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27897 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27898 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27899 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27900
27901 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27902
27903 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27904 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27905 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27906 in the menu in two ways:
27907 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27908 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27909 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27910
27911 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27912 keymap or an alist of alists.
27913 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27914 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27915
27916 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27917
27918 ;;;***
27919 \f
27920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21710
27921 ;;;;;; 25465 96935 264000))
27922 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27923
27924 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27925 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27926
27927 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27928 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27929 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27930 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27931 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27932 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27933 file was last visited.
27934
27935 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27936 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27937 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27938 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27939 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27940 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27941 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27942 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27943 for the first item.
27944
27945 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27946 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27947 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27948 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27949 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27950 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27951 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27952 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27953
27954 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27955 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27956 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27957 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27958 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27959
27960 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27961 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27962
27963 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27966 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27967
27968 \\{todo-mode-map}
27969
27970 \(fn)" t nil)
27971
27972 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27973 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27974
27975 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27976
27977 \(fn)" t nil)
27978
27979 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27980 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27981
27982 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27983
27984 \(fn)" t nil)
27985
27986 ;;;***
27987 \f
27988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21710 25465 362934
27989 ;;;;;; 78000))
27990 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27991
27992 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27993 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27994 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27995
27996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27997
27998 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27999 Add an item to the tool bar.
28000 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28001 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28002 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28003 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28004
28005 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28006 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28007 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28008 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28009
28010 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28011 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28012
28013 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28014
28015 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28016 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28017 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28018 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28019 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28020 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28021
28022 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28023 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28024 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28025 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28026
28027 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28028
28029 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28030 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28031 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28032 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28033 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28034 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28035 properties to add to the binding.
28036
28037 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28038
28039 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28040 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28041
28042 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28043
28044 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28045 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28046 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28047 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28048 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28049 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28050 properties to add to the binding.
28051
28052 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28053 holds a keymap.
28054
28055 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28056
28057 ;;;***
28058 \f
28059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21710 25465 137935
28060 ;;;;;; 81000))
28061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28062
28063 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28064 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28065 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28066 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28067 to a tcp server on another machine.
28068
28069 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28070
28071 ;;;***
28072 \f
28073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21710 25465
28074 ;;;;;; 137935 81000))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28076
28077 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28078 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28079
28080 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28081
28082 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28083 Helper function to get internal values.
28084 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28085
28086 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28087
28088 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28089 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28090 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28091 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28092
28093 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28094 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28095 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28096 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28097 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28098
28099 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28100 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28101 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28102 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28103
28104 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28105
28106 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28107
28108 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28109 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28110 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28111 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28112
28113 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28114
28115 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28116
28117 ;;;***
28118 \f
28119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21713 24233 279494
28120 ;;;;;; 843000))
28121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28122
28123 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28124 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28125 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28126
28127 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28128
28129 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28130 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28131
28132 It can have the following values:
28133
28134 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28135 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28136
28137 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28138
28139 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28140 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28141 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28142 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28143
28144 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28145
28146 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28147 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28148 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28149 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28150
28151 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28152 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28153 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28154 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28155 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28156 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28157 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28158 files which are not really Tramp files.
28159
28160 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28161 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28162 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28163 updated after changing this variable.
28164
28165 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28166
28167 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28168 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28169 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28170 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28171
28172 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28173
28174 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28175 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28176 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28177 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28178
28179 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28180 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28181 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28182
28183 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28184 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28185 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28186 updated after changing this variable.
28187
28188 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28189
28190 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28191 Alist of completion handler functions.
28192 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28193 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28194 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28195
28196 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28197 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28198 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28199 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28200
28201 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28202 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28203 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28204
28205 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28206 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28207
28208 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28209 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28210
28211 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28212
28213 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28214
28215
28216 \(fn)" nil nil)
28217
28218 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28219 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28220
28221 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28222
28223 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28224 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28225
28226 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28227
28228 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28229 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28230
28231 \(fn)" t nil)
28232
28233 ;;;***
28234 \f
28235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21710 25465
28236 ;;;;;; 250934 578000))
28237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28238
28239 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28240
28241
28242 \(fn)" nil nil)
28243
28244 ;;;***
28245 \f
28246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21710 25465 362934
28247 ;;;;;; 78000))
28248 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28249
28250 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28251 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28252 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28253 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28254 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28255 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28256 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28257 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28258
28259 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28260 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28261 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28262
28263 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28264 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28265 resumed later.
28266
28267 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28268
28269 ;;;***
28270 \f
28271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21710 25465
28272 ;;;;;; 212934 747000))
28273 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28274
28275 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28276
28277
28278 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28279
28280 ;;;***
28281 \f
28282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21710
28283 ;;;;;; 25465 361934 83000))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28285 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28286 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28287 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28288
28289 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28290 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28291 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28292 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28293 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28294 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28295 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28296
28297 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28298
28299 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28300 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28301 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28302 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28303
28304 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28305
28306 \(fn)" t nil)
28307
28308 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28309 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28310 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28311 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28312 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28313 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28314 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28315
28316 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28317 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28318
28319 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28320 \\___/\\
28321 / \\
28322 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28323
28324 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28325
28326 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28327
28328 ;;;***
28329 \f
28330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21710 25547 216569
28331 ;;;;;; 155000))
28332 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28333
28334 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28335 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28336 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28338 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28339 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28340
28341 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28342
28343 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28344 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28345 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28346
28347 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28348 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28349 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28350 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28351 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28352 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28353 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28354
28355 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28356 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28357
28358 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28359 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28360 reset the keystroke counter.
28361
28362 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28363 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28364 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28365 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28366
28367 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28368 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28369 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28370 `type-break-schedule' command.
28371
28372 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28373 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28374 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28375 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28376 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28377 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28378 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28379 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28380 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28381
28382 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28383 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28384 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28385 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28386 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28387
28388 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28389 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28390 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28391 approximate good values for this.
28392
28393 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28394 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28395
28396 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28397 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28398 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28399 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28400 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28401 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28402
28403 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28404 a typing break occur. They include:
28405
28406 `type-break-query-mode'
28407 `type-break-query-function'
28408 `type-break-query-interval'
28409
28410 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28411
28412 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28413 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28414 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28415 problems.
28416
28417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28418
28419 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28420 Take a typing break.
28421
28422 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28423 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28424
28425 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28426 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28427
28428 \(fn)" t nil)
28429
28430 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28431 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28432 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28433 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28434
28435 \(fn)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28438 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28439
28440 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28441 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28442 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28443 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28444 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28445 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28446 average typing speed.)
28447
28448 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28449 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28450 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28451 the computed maximum threshold.
28452
28453 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28454 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28455 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28456 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28457 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28458
28459 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28460
28461 ;;;***
28462 \f
28463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21710 25465 230934 667000))
28464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28465
28466 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28467 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28468 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28469 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28470 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28471
28472 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28473
28474 ;;;***
28475 \f
28476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28477 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 204934 783000))
28478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28479
28480 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28481 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28482
28483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28484
28485 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28486 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28487
28488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28489
28490 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28491 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28492
28493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28494
28495 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28496 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28497
28498 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28501 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28502
28503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28504
28505 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28506 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28507
28508 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28509
28510 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28511 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28512
28513 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28514
28515 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28516 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28517
28518 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28519
28520 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28521 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28522
28523 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28524
28525 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28526 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28527
28528 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28529
28530 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28531 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28532
28533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28534
28535 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28536 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28537
28538 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28539
28540 ;;;***
28541 \f
28542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21710
28543 ;;;;;; 25465 361934 83000))
28544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28545
28546 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28547 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28548 Works by overstriking underscores.
28549 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28550 which specify the range to operate on.
28551
28552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28553
28554 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28555 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28556 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28557 which specify the range to operate on.
28558
28559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28560
28561 ;;;***
28562 \f
28563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21710 25465 230934
28564 ;;;;;; 667000))
28565 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28566
28567 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28568 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28569 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28570 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28571 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28572 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28573
28574 \(fn)" nil nil)
28575
28576 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28577 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28578 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28579
28580 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28581
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21710 25465
28585 ;;;;;; 137935 81000))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28587
28588 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28589 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28590 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28591 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28592
28593 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28594
28595 ;;;***
28596 \f
28597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21710 25547 217569 151000))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28599
28600 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28601 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28602 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28603 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28604 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28605
28606 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28607 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28608 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28609 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28610 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28611 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28612
28613 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28614 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28615 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28616
28617 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28618 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28619 the callback is not called).
28620
28621 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28622 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28623 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28624 take effect.
28625
28626 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28627 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28628 the server.
28629 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28630 URL-encoded before it's used.
28631
28632 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28633
28634 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28635 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28636 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28637 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28638 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28639
28640 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28641
28642 ;;;***
28643 \f
28644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21710 25465 363934
28645 ;;;;;; 74000))
28646 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28647
28648 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28649 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28650 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28651
28652 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28653 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28654 `url-generic-parse-url'
28655 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28656 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28657 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28658 realm
28659 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28660 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28661 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28662 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28663 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28664 what type of auth to use
28665 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28666 if one cannot be found in the cache
28667
28668 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28669
28670 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28671 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28672
28673 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28674 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28675 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28676 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28677 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28678 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28679 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28680 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28681
28682 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28683
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21710 25547
28687 ;;;;;; 216569 155000))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28689
28690 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28691 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28692
28693 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28694
28695 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28696 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28697 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28698
28699 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28700
28701 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28702 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28703
28704 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28705
28706 ;;;***
28707 \f
28708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21710 25465 363934
28709 ;;;;;; 74000))
28710 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28711
28712 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28713
28714
28715 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28716
28717 ;;;***
28718 \f
28719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21710 25547 216569
28720 ;;;;;; 155000))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28722
28723 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28724 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28725 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28726
28727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28728
28729 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28730 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28731 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28732 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28733
28734 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28735 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28736 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28737 though.
28738
28739 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28740
28741 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28742 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28743 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28744
28745 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28746
28747 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28748
28749
28750 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28751
28752 ;;;***
28753 \f
28754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21710 25465 364934
28755 ;;;;;; 69000))
28756 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28757
28758 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28759 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28760
28761 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28762
28763 ;;;***
28764 \f
28765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21710 25547 217569
28766 ;;;;;; 151000))
28767 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28768
28769 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28770 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28771
28772 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28773
28774 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28775 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28776 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28777 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28778 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28779
28780 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28781
28782 ;;;***
28783 \f
28784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21710
28785 ;;;;;; 25547 217569 151000))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28787
28788 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28789 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28790 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28793 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28794
28795 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28796
28797 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28798 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28802
28803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28806 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28807 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28808 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28809
28810 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28811
28812 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28813 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28814 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28815 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28816 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28817 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28818 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28819 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28820 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28821 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28822
28823 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28824
28825 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28826 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28827 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28828 accessible.
28829
28830 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28831
28832 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28833
28834
28835 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28836
28837 ;;;***
28838 \f
28839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21710 25547 217569
28840 ;;;;;; 151000))
28841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28842 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28843
28844 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28845 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28846 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28847 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28848 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28849
28850 ;;;***
28851 \f
28852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21710 25465 365934
28853 ;;;;;; 65000))
28854 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28855
28856 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28857
28858
28859 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28860
28861 ;;;***
28862 \f
28863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21710 25465 365934
28864 ;;;;;; 65000))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28868 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28869 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28870 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28871 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28872
28873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28874
28875 ;;;***
28876 \f
28877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21710 25465
28878 ;;;;;; 365934 65000))
28879 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28880
28881 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28882
28883
28884 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28885
28886 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28887 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28888
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28890
28891 ;;;***
28892 \f
28893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21710 25465 365934
28894 ;;;;;; 65000))
28895 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28896
28897 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28898 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28899
28900 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28903 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28904
28905 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28908
28909
28910 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28911
28912 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28913
28914 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28915
28916 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28917
28918 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28919 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28920
28921 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28922
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21710 25465 365934
28926 ;;;;;; 65000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28928
28929 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28930
28931
28932 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933
28934 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28935
28936
28937 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28938
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21710 25465 365934
28942 ;;;;;; 65000))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28944
28945 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28946
28947
28948 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28949
28950 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28951
28952
28953 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28954
28955 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28956
28957
28958 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28959
28960 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28961
28962
28963 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28964
28965 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28966
28967
28968 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28971
28972
28973 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28974
28975 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28976
28977
28978 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28979
28980 ;;;***
28981 \f
28982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21710 25465
28983 ;;;;;; 365934 65000))
28984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28985
28986 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28987 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28988
28989 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28990
28991 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28992 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28993 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28994
28995 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28996 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28997 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28998 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28999 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29000 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29001 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29002 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29003 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29004 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29005 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29006 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29007 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29008 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29009
29010 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29011 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29012 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29013
29014 Here is an example. The URL
29015
29016 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29017
29018 parses to
29019
29020 TYPE = \"foo\"
29021 USER = \"bob\"
29022 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29023 HOST = \"example.com\"
29024 PORTSPEC = 42
29025 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29026 TARGET = \"nose\"
29027 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29028 FULLNESS = t
29029
29030 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29031
29032 ;;;***
29033 \f
29034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21710 25465
29035 ;;;;;; 365934 65000))
29036 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29037
29038 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29039 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29040
29041 \(fn)" t nil)
29042
29043 ;;;***
29044 \f
29045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21710 25547
29046 ;;;;;; 217569 151000))
29047 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29048
29049 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29050 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29051 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29052 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29053 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29054 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29055
29056 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29057
29058 ;;;***
29059 \f
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21710 25547 217569
29061 ;;;;;; 151000))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29063
29064 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29065 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29066 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29067
29068 If t, all messages will be logged.
29069 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29070 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29071
29072 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29073
29074 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29075
29076
29077 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29080
29081
29082 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29083
29084 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29085 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29086 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29087 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29088 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29089 & ==> &amp;
29090 < ==> &lt;
29091 > ==> &gt;
29092 \" ==> &quot;
29093
29094 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29095
29096 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29097 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29098 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29099
29100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29103 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29104 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29105
29106 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29107
29108 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29109 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29110
29111 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29112
29113 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29114 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29115
29116 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29119 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29120
29121 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29124
29125
29126 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29127
29128 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29129
29130
29131 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29132
29133 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29134
29135 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29136 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29137
29138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29139
29140 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29141 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29142
29143 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29144
29145 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29146
29147
29148 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29149
29150 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29151 Build a query-string.
29152
29153 Given a QUERY in the form:
29154 '((key1 val1)
29155 (key2 val2)
29156 (key3 val1 val2)
29157 (key4)
29158 (key5 \"\"))
29159
29160 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29161
29162 This will return a string
29163 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29164 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29165 be used.
29166
29167 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29168
29169 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29170 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29171
29172 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29173
29174 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29175 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29176 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29177 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29178 forbidden in URL encoding.
29179
29180 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29181
29182 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29183 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29184 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29185 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29186 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29187 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29188
29189 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29190 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29191 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29192 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29193
29194 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29197 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29198 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29199 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29200 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29201 should return it unchanged.
29202
29203 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29204
29205 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29206 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29207 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29208 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29209
29210 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29211
29212 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29213 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29214 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29215
29216 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29219 View the current document's URL.
29220 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29221 the minibuffer.
29222
29223 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29224
29225 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29226
29227 ;;;***
29228 \f
29229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21710 25465 366934
29230 ;;;;;; 60000))
29231 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29232
29233 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29234 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29235 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29236 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29237 to refrain from editing the file
29238 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29239 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29240 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29241 in any way you like.
29242
29243 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29244
29245 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29246 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29247 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29248 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29249 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29250
29251 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29252 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29253
29254 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29255
29256 ;;;***
29257 \f
29258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21710 25465
29259 ;;;;;; 204934 783000))
29260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29261
29262 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29263
29264
29265 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29268
29269
29270 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29271
29272 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29273
29274
29275 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29278
29279
29280 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29281
29282 ;;;***
29283 \f
29284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21710 25465 192934 836000))
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29286
29287 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29288 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29289
29290 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29291
29292 ;;;***
29293 \f
29294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21710 25465
29295 ;;;;;; 230934 667000))
29296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29297
29298 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29299 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29300 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29301 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29302
29303 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29304
29305 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29306 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29307 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29308
29309 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29310
29311 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29312 Uudecode region between START and END.
29313 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29314
29315 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29316
29317 ;;;***
29318 \f
29319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21710 25547 224569 119000))
29320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29321
29322 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29323 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29324 See `run-hooks'.")
29325
29326 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29327
29328 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29329 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29330 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29331
29332 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29333
29334 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29335 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29336 See `run-hooks'.")
29337
29338 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29339
29340 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29341 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29342 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29343 same state. If not, signal an error.
29344
29345 For merging-based version control systems:
29346 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29347 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29348 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29349 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29350 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29351 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29352
29353 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29354 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29355 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29356 the file(s) for editing.
29357 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29358 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29359 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29360 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29361 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29362 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29363
29364 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29367 Register into a version control system.
29368 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29369 Otherwise register the current file.
29370 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29371 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29372
29373 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29374 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29375 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29376 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29377 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29378 first backend that could register the file is used.
29379
29380 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29381
29382 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29383 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29384
29385 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29388 Display diffs between file revisions.
29389 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29390 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29391 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29392
29393 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29394 saving the buffer.
29395
29396 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29397
29398 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29399 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29400 repository history using ediff.
29401
29402 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29403
29404 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29405 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29406 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29407 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29408 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29409
29410 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29411 saving the buffer.
29412
29413 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29414
29415 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29416 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29417 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29418 fileset with the working revision.
29419 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29420 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29421
29422 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29423 saving the buffer.
29424
29425 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29426
29427 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29428 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29429 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29430 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29431
29432 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29433
29434 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29435 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29436 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29437 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29438
29439 \(fn)" t nil)
29440
29441 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29442 Perform a version control merge operation.
29443 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29444 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29445 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29446 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29447
29448 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29449 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29450 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29451 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29452 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29453 changes from the current branch.
29454
29455 \(fn)" t nil)
29456
29457 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29458
29459 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29460 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29461 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29462 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29463 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29464 checked out in that new branch.
29465
29466 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29467
29468 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29469 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29470 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29471 named branch in the directory DIR.
29472 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29473 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29474 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29475 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29476 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29477 allowed and simply skipped).
29478
29479 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29480
29481 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29482 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29483 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29484 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29485 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29486
29487 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29488 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29489
29490 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29491
29492 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29493 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29494 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29495 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29496 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29497
29498 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29499
29500 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29501 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29502 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29503
29504 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29505
29506 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29507 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29508 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29509
29510 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29511
29512 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29513 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29514 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29515 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29516
29517 \(fn)" t nil)
29518
29519 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29520 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29521 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29522 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29523
29524 \(fn)" t nil)
29525
29526 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29527
29528 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29529 Update the current fileset or branch.
29530 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29531 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29532 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29533 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29534
29535 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29536 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29537 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29538 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29539 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29540
29541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29542
29543 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29544
29545 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29546 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29547 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29548 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29549 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29550 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29551 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29552
29553 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29554
29555 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29556 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29557 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29558 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29559 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29560 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29561 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29562 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29563 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29564
29565 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29566
29567 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29568 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29569 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29570 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29571
29572 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29573
29574 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29575 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29576 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29577 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29578
29579 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29580
29581 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29582 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29583 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29584 directory.
29585
29586 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29587
29588 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29589 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29590 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29591
29592 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29593 log entries should be gathered.
29594
29595 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29596
29597 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29598 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29599
29600 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29601
29602 ;;;***
29603 \f
29604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21710 25547
29605 ;;;;;; 220569 137000))
29606 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29607
29608 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29609 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29610
29611 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29612 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29613 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29614 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29615 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29616 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29617
29618 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29619 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29620 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29621 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29622 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29623 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29624 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29625 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29626
29627 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29628
29629 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29630
29631 Customization variables:
29632
29633 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29634 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29635 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29636 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29637
29638 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29639
29640 ;;;***
29641 \f
29642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21710 25547 221569
29643 ;;;;;; 133000))
29644 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29645 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29646 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29647 (progn
29648 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29649 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29650
29651 ;;;***
29652 \f
29653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21710 25547 221569
29654 ;;;;;; 133000))
29655 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29656
29657 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29658 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29659
29660 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29661 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29662 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29663 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29664 (progn
29665 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29666 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29667
29668 ;;;***
29669 \f
29670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21710 25547 221569
29671 ;;;;;; 133000))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29673 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29674 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29675 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29676 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29677 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29678 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29679
29680 ;;;***
29681 \f
29682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21710 25547 221569
29683 ;;;;;; 133000))
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29685
29686 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29687 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29688 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29689 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29690 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29691
29692 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29693 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29694 The file lines appear later.
29695
29696 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29697 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29698
29699 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29700
29701 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29702
29703 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29704
29705 ;;;***
29706 \f
29707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21710
29708 ;;;;;; 25547 222569 128000))
29709 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29710
29711 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29712 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29713 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29714 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29715 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29716 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29717 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29718 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29719 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29720 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29721 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29722 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29723 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29724 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29725 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29726
29727 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29728
29729 ;;;***
29730 \f
29731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21710 25547 222569
29732 ;;;;;; 128000))
29733 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29734 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29735 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29736 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29737 (progn
29738 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29739 (vc-git-registered file))))
29740
29741 ;;;***
29742 \f
29743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21710 25547 222569 128000))
29744 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29745 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29746 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29747 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29748 (progn
29749 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29750 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29751
29752 ;;;***
29753 \f
29754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21710 25547 223569
29755 ;;;;;; 124000))
29756 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29757
29758 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29759 Name of the monotone directory.")
29760
29761 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29762 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29763 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29764 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29765 (progn
29766 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29767 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29768
29769 ;;;***
29770 \f
29771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21710 25547 223569
29772 ;;;;;; 124000))
29773 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29774
29775 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29776 Where to look for RCS master files.
29777 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29778
29779 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29780
29781 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29782
29783 ;;;***
29784 \f
29785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21710 25547 223569
29786 ;;;;;; 124000))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29788
29789 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29790 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29791 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29792
29793 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29794
29795 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29796
29797 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29798 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29799 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29800 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29801
29802 ;;;***
29803 \f
29804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21710 25547 223569
29805 ;;;;;; 124000))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29807 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29808 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29809 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29810 "_svn")
29811 (t ".svn"))))
29812 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29813 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29814 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29815
29816 ;;;***
29817 \f
29818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21710
29819 ;;;;;; 25547 190569 271000))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29821 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29822 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29823
29824 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29825 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29826
29827 Usage:
29828 ------
29829
29830 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29831 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29832 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29833 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29834
29835 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29836 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29837 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29838 completions.
29839
29840 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29841 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29842
29843 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29844 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29845
29846 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29847 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29848 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29849
29850 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29851
29852
29853 Maintenance:
29854 ------------
29855
29856 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29857 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29858
29859 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29860
29861 Official distribution is at
29862 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29863
29864
29865 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29866 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29867
29868 Key bindings:
29869 -------------
29870
29871 \\{vera-mode-map}
29872
29873 \(fn)" t nil)
29874
29875 ;;;***
29876 \f
29877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29878 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 192569 262000))
29879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29880
29881 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29882 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29883 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29884 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29885 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29886
29887 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29888
29889 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29890 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29891
29892 Supports highlighting.
29893
29894 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29895 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29896
29897 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29898
29899 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29900 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29901 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29902 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29903 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29904 on the left side of your screen.
29905 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29906 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29907 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29908 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29909 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29910 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29911 function keyword.
29912 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29913 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29914 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29915 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29916 if (a)
29917 begin
29918 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29919 Indentation for case statements.
29920 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29921 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29922 mark after an end.
29923 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29924 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29925 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29926 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29927 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29928 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29929 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29930 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29931 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29932 if (a)
29933 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29934 otherwise you get:
29935 if (a)
29936 begin
29937 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29938 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29939 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29940 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29941 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29942 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29943 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29944 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29945 comments in tight quarters.
29946 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29947 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29948
29949 Variables controlling other actions:
29950
29951 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29952 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29953 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29954
29955 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29956
29957 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29958
29959 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29960 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29961 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29962
29963 Some other functions are:
29964
29965 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29966 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29967 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29968 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29969 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29970
29971 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29972 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29973 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29974 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29975
29976 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30006 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30007
30008 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30009 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30010
30011 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30012
30013 \(fn)" t nil)
30014
30015 ;;;***
30016 \f
30017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21710
30018 ;;;;;; 25547 195569 249000))
30019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30020
30021 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30022 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30023
30024 Usage:
30025 ------
30026
30027 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30028 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30029 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30030 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30031 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30032 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30033 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30034 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30035 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30036
30037 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30038 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30039 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30040 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30041
30042 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30043 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30044 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30045 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30046 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30047
30048 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30049 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30050
30051
30052 HEADER INSERTION:
30053 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30054 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30055 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30056
30057
30058 STUTTERING:
30059 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30060 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30061 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30062 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30063
30064 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30065 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30066 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30067 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30068 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30069
30070
30071 WORD COMPLETION:
30072 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30073 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30074 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30075 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30076
30077 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30078 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30079 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30080 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30081 beginning with \"std\").
30082
30083 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30084 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30085 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30086 stop.
30087
30088
30089 COMMENTS:
30090 `--' puts a single comment.
30091 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30092 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30093 with a comment in between.
30094 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30095 out following lines.
30096 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30097 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30098 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30099 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30100
30101 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30102 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30103 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30104 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30105 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30106 non-nil.
30107
30108 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30109 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30110 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30111 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30112 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30113 multi-line comments.
30114
30115
30116 INDENTATION:
30117 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30118 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30119 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30120 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30121 the entire region.
30122
30123 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30124 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30125 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30126 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30127
30128 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30129 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30130 and vice versa.
30131
30132 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30133 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30134
30135 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30136 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30137 line.
30138
30139
30140 ALIGNMENT:
30141 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30142 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30143 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30144 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30145 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30146 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30147 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30148 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30149
30150 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30151 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30152 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30153 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30154 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30155 is non-nil.
30156
30157 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30158 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30159 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30160
30161 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30162 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30163
30164
30165 CODE FILLING:
30166 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30167 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30168 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30169 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30170 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30171 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30172
30173
30174 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30175 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30176 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30177 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30178 command:
30179
30180 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30181
30182
30183 PORT TRANSLATION:
30184 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30185 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30186 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30187 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30188 internal signal initializations (menu).
30189
30190 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30191 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30192 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30193
30194 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30195 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30196 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30197 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30198 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30199 in subsequent paste operations.)
30200
30201 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30202 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30203 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30204
30205
30206 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30207 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30208 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30209 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30210 association list with formals).
30211
30212
30213 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30214 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30215 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30216 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30217 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30218 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30219 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30220 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30221 `vhdl-testbench'.
30222
30223
30224 KEY BINDINGS:
30225 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30226
30227
30228 VHDL MENU:
30229 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30230
30231
30232 FILE BROWSER:
30233 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30234 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30235 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30236
30237 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30238 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30239
30240
30241 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30242 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30243 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30244 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30245
30246 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30247 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30248 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30249
30250 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30251 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30252 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30253 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30254
30255 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30256 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30257 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30258 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30259 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30260
30261 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30262 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30263 required by secondary units.
30264
30265
30266 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30267 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30268 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30269 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30270 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30271 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30272 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30273 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30274 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30275 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30276 inputs to this component -> input port created
30277 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30278 outputs from this component -> output port created
30279 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30280 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30281
30282 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30283 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30284 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30285 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30286 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30287
30288 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30289 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30290
30291 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30292 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30293 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30294 component instantiation is also supported (option
30295 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30296
30297 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30298 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30299 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30300 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30301 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30302 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30303 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30304 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30305 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30306 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30307 generating the configuration.
30308
30309 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30310 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30311 configurations in speedbar.
30312
30313 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30314
30315
30316 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30317 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30318 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30319 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30320 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30321 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30322 information. New compilers can be added.
30323
30324 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30325 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30326
30327
30328 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30329 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30330 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30331 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30332 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30333
30334 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30335 command:
30336
30337 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30338 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30339 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30340
30341 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30342 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30343 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30344 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30345 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30346 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30347 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30348 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30349 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30350
30351 Limitations:
30352 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30353 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30354 not (yet) supported.
30355 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30356 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30357 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30358
30359
30360 PROJECTS:
30361 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30362 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30363 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30364 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30365 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30366 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30367 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30368 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30369
30370 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30371 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30372 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30373 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30374 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30375 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30376 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30377 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30378 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30379 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30380 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30381
30382
30383 SPECIAL MENUES:
30384 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30385 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30386 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30387 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30388 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30389 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30390 current directory for VHDL source files.
30391
30392
30393 VHDL STANDARDS:
30394 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30395 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30396
30397
30398 KEYWORD CASE:
30399 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30400 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30401 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30402 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30403 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30404 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30405 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30406 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30407
30408
30409 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30410 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30411 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30412 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30413 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30414 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30415 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30416
30417 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30418 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30419 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30420 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30421 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30422 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30423
30424 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30425 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30426 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30427 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30428 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30429 visually.
30430
30431 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30432 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30433 highlighted if written in lower case.
30434
30435 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30436 highlighted using a different background color if option
30437 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30438
30439 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30440 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30441 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30442 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30443 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30444
30445
30446 USER MODELS:
30447 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30448 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30449 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30450
30451
30452 HIDE/SHOW:
30453 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30454 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30455 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30456 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30457 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30458
30459
30460 CODE UPDATING:
30461 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30462 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30463 Limitations:
30464 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30465 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30466 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30467 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30468 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30469 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30470 (used to obtain the port names).
30471 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30472 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30473 sensitivity lists.
30474
30475
30476 CODE FIXING:
30477 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30478 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30479
30480
30481 PRINTING:
30482 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30483 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30484 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30485 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30486 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30487 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30488 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30489 printers.
30490
30491
30492 OPTIONS:
30493 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30494 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30495 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30496 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30497 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30498
30499 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30500 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30501 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30502 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30503 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30504 INSTALL file).
30505
30506 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30507 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30508
30509
30510 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30511 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30512 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30513 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30514
30515 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30516
30517
30518 HINTS:
30519 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30520 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30521
30522 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30523
30524 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30525
30526 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30527
30528
30529 RELEASE NOTES:
30530 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30531
30532
30533 Maintenance:
30534 ------------
30535
30536 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30537 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30538
30539 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30540
30541 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30542 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30543 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30544 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30545
30546 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30547 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30548 where the latest version can be found.
30549
30550
30551 Known problems:
30552 ---------------
30553
30554 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30555 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30556 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30557 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30558
30559
30560 The VHDL Mode Authors
30561 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30562
30563 Key bindings:
30564 -------------
30565
30566 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30567
30568 \(fn)" t nil)
30569
30570 ;;;***
30571 \f
30572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21710
30573 ;;;;;; 25465 212934 747000))
30574 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30575
30576 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30577 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30578
30579 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30580
30581 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30582 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30583 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30584 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30585
30586 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30587
30588 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30589 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30590
30591 \(fn)" t nil)
30592
30593 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30594 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30595 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30596 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30597
30598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30599
30600 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30601 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30602
30603 \(fn)" t nil)
30604
30605 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30606
30607
30608 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30609
30610 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30611
30612
30613 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30614
30615 ;;;***
30616 \f
30617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21710 25465 376934 16000))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30619
30620 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30621 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30622 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30623
30624 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30625
30626 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30627 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30628 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30629 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30630
30631 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30632
30633 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30634 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30635
30636 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30637
30638 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30639 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30640 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30641 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30642 moving around in the buffer.
30643 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30644 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30645
30646 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30647
30648 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30649
30650 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30651 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30652 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30653 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30654
30655 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30656 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30657 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30658 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30659 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30660
30661 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30662
30663 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30664
30665 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30666 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30667 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30668 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30669 buffer.
30670
30671 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30672 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30673 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30674 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30675 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30676
30677 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30678
30679 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30680
30681 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30682 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30683 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30684 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30685 moving around in the buffer.
30686 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30687 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30688
30689 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30690
30691 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30692 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30693 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30694
30695 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30696 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30697 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30698 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30699
30700 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30701 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30702 own View-like bindings.
30703
30704 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30705
30706 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30707 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30708 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30709 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30710 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30711 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30712 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30713
30714 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30715
30716 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30717
30718 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30719 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30720 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30721
30722 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30723 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30724 own View-like bindings.
30725
30726 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30727
30728 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30729 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30730 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30731 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30732 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30733 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30734 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30735
30736 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30737
30738 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30739
30740 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30741 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30742 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30743
30744 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30745 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30746 own View-like bindings.
30747
30748 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30749
30750 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30751 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30753 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30754 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30755
30756 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30757 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30758 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30759 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30760
30761 \\<view-mode-map>
30762
30763 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30764 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30765 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30766 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30767 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30768 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30769 to a repeat count of one.
30770
30771 H, h, ? This message.
30772 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30773 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30774 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30775 > move to the end of buffer.
30776 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30777 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30778 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30779 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30780 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30781 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30782 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30783 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30784 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30785 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30786 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30787 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30788 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30789 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30790 Use this to view a changing file.
30791 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30792 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30793 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30794 . set the mark.
30795 x exchanges point and mark.
30796 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30797 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30798 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30799 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30800 ' go to position saved in character register.
30801 s do forward incremental search.
30802 r do reverse incremental search.
30803 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30804 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30805 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30806 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30807 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30808 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30809 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30810 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30811 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30812 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30813 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30814 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30815 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30816 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30817 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30818 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30819 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30820
30821 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30822 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30823 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30824 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30825 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30826 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30827 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30828 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30829 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30830
30831 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30832
30833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30834
30835 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30836 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30837 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30838 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30839 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30840 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30841 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30842 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30843 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30844
30845 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30846
30847 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30848
30849 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30850 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30851 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30852 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30853 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30854 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30855
30856 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30857 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30858 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30859
30860 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30861
30862 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30863
30864 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30865
30866 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30867 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30868
30869 \(fn)" t nil)
30870
30871 ;;;***
30872 \f
30873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21710 25465 141935
30874 ;;;;;; 64000))
30875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30876 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30877
30878 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30879 Toggle Viper on/off.
30880 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30881
30882 \(fn)" t nil)
30883
30884 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30885 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30886
30887 \(fn)" t nil)
30888
30889 ;;;***
30890 \f
30891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21710
30892 ;;;;;; 25465 138935 77000))
30893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30894
30895 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30896 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30897 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30898 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30899 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30900 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30901 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30902 the beginning of the warning.")
30903
30904 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30905 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30906 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30907 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30908 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30909 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30910 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30911 also call that function before the next warning.")
30912
30913 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30914 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30915
30916 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30917 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30918 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30919 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30920
30921 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30922 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30923 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30924 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30925 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30926 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30927
30928 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30929 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30930 Default is :warning.
30931
30932 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30933 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30934 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30935 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30936 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30937 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30938
30939 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30940 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30941 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30942
30943 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30944
30945 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30946 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30947
30948 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30949
30950 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30951 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30952 \\<special-mode-map>
30953 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30954 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30955
30956 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30957 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30958 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30959 can be whatever you like.)
30960
30961 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30962 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30963
30964 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30965 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30966 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30967 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30968 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30969
30970 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30971
30972 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30973 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30974 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30975 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30976 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30977
30978 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30979
30980 ;;;***
30981 \f
30982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21710 25465 377934 11000))
30983 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30984 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30985
30986 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30987 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30988 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30989 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30990 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30991 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30992 directories to reflect your edits.
30993
30994 See `wdired-mode'.
30995
30996 \(fn)" t nil)
30997
30998 ;;;***
30999 \f
31000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21710 25465 253934
31001 ;;;;;; 564000))
31002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31003
31004 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31005 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31006
31007 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31008 hotlist.
31009
31010 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31011 <nwv@acm.org>.
31012
31013 \(fn)" t nil)
31014
31015 ;;;***
31016 \f
31017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21710
31018 ;;;;;; 25547 195569 249000))
31019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31020 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31021 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31022
31023 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31024
31025 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31026 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31027 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31029 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31030 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31031
31032 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31033
31034 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31035 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31037 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31038 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31039
31040 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31041 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31042 in certain major modes.
31043
31044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31045
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21710 25547 225569
31049 ;;;;;; 115000))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31051 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31052
31053 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31054 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31056 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31057 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31058
31059 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31060 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31061
31062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31063
31064 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31065 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31067 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31068 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31069
31070 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31071 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31072 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31073 use `whitespace-mode'.
31074
31075 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31076
31077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31078
31079 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31080 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31081 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31084 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31085
31086 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31087
31088 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31089 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31091 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31092 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31093
31094 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31095 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31096
31097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31098
31099 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31100 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31101 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31104 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31105
31106 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31107
31108 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31109 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31111 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31112 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31113
31114 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31115 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31116 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31117 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31118
31119 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31120
31121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31122
31123 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31124 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31125
31126 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31127 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31128
31129 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31130 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31131
31132 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31133
31134 CHAR MEANING
31135 (VIA FACES)
31136 f toggle face visualization
31137 t toggle TAB visualization
31138 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31139 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31140 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31141 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31142 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31143 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31144 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31145 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31146 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31147 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31148 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31149 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31150 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31151 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31152 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31153
31154 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31155 T toggle TAB visualization
31156 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31157 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31158
31159 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31160 ? display brief help
31161
31162 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31163 The valid symbols are:
31164
31165 face toggle face visualization
31166 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31167 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31168 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31169 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31170 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31171 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31172 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31173 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31174 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31175 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31176 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31177 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31178 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31179 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31180 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31181 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31182
31183 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31184 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31185 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31186
31187 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31188
31189 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31190
31191 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31192
31193 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31194 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31195
31196 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31197 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31198
31199 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31200 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31201
31202 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31203
31204 CHAR MEANING
31205 (VIA FACES)
31206 f toggle face visualization
31207 t toggle TAB visualization
31208 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31209 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31210 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31211 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31212 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31213 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31214 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31215 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31216 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31217 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31218 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31219 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31220 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31221 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31222 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31223
31224 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31225 T toggle TAB visualization
31226 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31227 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31228
31229 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31230 ? display brief help
31231
31232 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31233 The valid symbols are:
31234
31235 face toggle face visualization
31236 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31237 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31238 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31239 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31240 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31241 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31242 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31243 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31244 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31245 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31246 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31247 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31248 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31249 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31250 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31251 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31252
31253 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31254 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31255 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31256
31257 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31258
31259 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31260
31261 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31262
31263 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31264 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31265
31266 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31267 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31268 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31269 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31270 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31271
31272 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31273
31274 The problems cleaned up are:
31275
31276 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31277 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31278 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31279 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31280
31281 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31282 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31283 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31284 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31285 SPACEs.
31286 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31287 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31288 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31289 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31290
31291 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31292 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31293 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31294 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31295 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31296 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31297 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31298 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31299
31300 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31301 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31302 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31303
31304 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31305 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31306 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31307 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31308 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31309 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31310 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31311 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31312
31313 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31314 documentation.
31315
31316 \(fn)" t nil)
31317
31318 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31319 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31320
31321 The problems cleaned up are:
31322
31323 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31324 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31325 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31326 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31327 SPACEs.
31328 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31329 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31330 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31331 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31332
31333 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31334 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31335 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31336 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31337 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31338 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31339 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31340 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31341
31342 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31343 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31344 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31345
31346 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31347 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31348 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31349 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31350 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31351 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31352 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31353 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31354
31355 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31356 documentation.
31357
31358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31359
31360 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31361 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31362
31363 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31364 non-nil.
31365
31366 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31367 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31368 `whitespace-style' to have:
31369
31370 empty
31371 trailing
31372 indentation
31373 space-before-tab
31374 space-after-tab
31375
31376 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31377 whitespace problems in buffer.
31378
31379 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31380
31381 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31382 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31383 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31384 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31385 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31386 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31387 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31388
31389 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31390 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31391 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31392 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31393 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31394 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31395 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31396
31397 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31398 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31399 cleaning up these problems.
31400
31401 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31402
31403 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31404 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31405
31406 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31407 non-nil.
31408
31409 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31410 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31411 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31412
31413 empty
31414 indentation
31415 space-before-tab
31416 trailing
31417 space-after-tab
31418
31419 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31420 whitespace problems in buffer.
31421
31422 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31423
31424 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31425 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31426 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31427 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31428 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31429 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31430 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31431
31432 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31433 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31434 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31435 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31436 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31437 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31438 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31439
31440 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31441 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31442 cleaning up these problems.
31443
31444 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31445
31446 ;;;***
31447 \f
31448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21710 25465 377934
31449 ;;;;;; 11000))
31450 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31451
31452 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31453 Browse the widget under point.
31454
31455 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31456
31457 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31458 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31459
31460 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31461
31462 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31463 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31464
31465 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31466
31467 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31468 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31470 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31471 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31472
31473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31474
31475 ;;;***
31476 \f
31477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21710 25547 226569
31478 ;;;;;; 111000))
31479 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31480
31481 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31482 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31483
31484 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31485
31486 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31487 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31488 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31489
31490 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31491
31492 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31493 Create widget of TYPE.
31494 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31495
31496 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31497
31498 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31499 Delete WIDGET.
31500
31501 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31502
31503 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31504 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31505
31506 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31507
31508 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31509 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31510 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31511 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31512
31513 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31514 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31515
31516 \(fn)" nil nil)
31517
31518 ;;;***
31519 \f
31520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21710 25465 378934
31521 ;;;;;; 7000))
31522 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31523
31524 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31525 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31526 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31527 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31528 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31529 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31530 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31531
31532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31533
31534 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31535 Select the window above the current one.
31536 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31537 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31538 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31539 negative ARG) of the current window.
31540 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31541
31542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31543
31544 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31545 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31546 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31547 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31548 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31549 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31550 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31551
31552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31553
31554 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31555 Select the window below the current one.
31556 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31557 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31558 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31559 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31560 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31561
31562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31563
31564 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31565 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31566 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31567 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31568
31569 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31570
31571 ;;;***
31572 \f
31573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21710 25547 227569 106000))
31574 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31575
31576 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31577 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31578 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31581 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31582
31583 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31584
31585 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31586 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31588 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31589 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31590 \\{winner-mode-map}
31591
31592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31593
31594 ;;;***
31595 \f
31596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21710 25547 228569 102000))
31597 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31598 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31599
31600 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31601 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31602 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31603 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31604 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31605
31606 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31607
31608 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31609 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31610 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31611 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31612 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31613 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31614 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31615 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31616
31617 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31618 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31619
31620 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31621
31622 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31623 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31624
31625 \(fn)" t nil)
31626
31627 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31628 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31629 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31630 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31631 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31632 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31633 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31634 `woman' command for further details.
31635
31636 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31637
31638 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31639 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31640
31641 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31642
31643 ;;;***
31644 \f
31645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21710 25465 380933 998000))
31646 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31647
31648 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31649 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31650 Return the top node with all its children.
31651 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31652
31653 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31654 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31655 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31656
31657 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31658
31659 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31660 namespace to URIs instead.
31661
31662 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31663 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31664
31665 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31666
31667 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31668
31669 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31670
31671 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31672 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31673 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31674 not contain well-formed XML.
31675
31676 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31677 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31678 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31679 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31680 element of the list.
31681 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31682 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31683 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31684
31685 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31686
31687 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31688 namespace to URIs instead.
31689
31690 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31691 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31692
31693 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31694
31695 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31696
31697 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31698
31699 ;;;***
31700 \f
31701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21710 25465 256934
31702 ;;;;;; 551000))
31703 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31704
31705 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31706 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31707 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31708 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31709 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31710 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31711 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31712 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31713 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31714 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31715
31716 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31717
31718 ;;;***
31719 \f
31720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21710 25547 228569
31721 ;;;;;; 102000))
31722 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31723
31724 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31725 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31726 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31728 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31729 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31730
31731 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31732
31733 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31734 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31735 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31736 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31737 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31738
31739 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31740 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31741 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31742 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31743 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31744 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31745
31746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31747
31748 ;;;***
31749 \f
31750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21710 25465 192934 836000))
31751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31752
31753 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31754 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31755
31756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31757
31758 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31759 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31760
31761 \(fn)" nil nil)
31762
31763 ;;;***
31764 \f
31765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21710 25465 297934 368000))
31766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31767
31768 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31769 Zone out, completely.
31770
31771 \(fn)" t nil)
31772
31773 ;;;***
31774 \f
31775 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21713 25981 85824
31992 ;;;;;; 32000))
31993
31994 ;;;***
31995 \f
31996 (provide 'loaddefs)
31997 ;; Local Variables:
31998 ;; version-control: never
31999 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32000 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32001 ;; coding: utf-8
32002 ;; End:
32003 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here